8675 lines
247 KiB
C
8675 lines
247 KiB
C
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* pl_exec.c - Executor for the PL/pgSQL
|
|
* procedural language
|
|
*
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2019, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* IDENTIFICATION
|
|
* src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c
|
|
*
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "postgres.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "access/detoast.h"
|
|
#include "access/htup_details.h"
|
|
#include "access/transam.h"
|
|
#include "access/tupconvert.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
|
|
#include "commands/defrem.h"
|
|
#include "executor/execExpr.h"
|
|
#include "executor/spi.h"
|
|
#include "executor/spi_priv.h"
|
|
#include "funcapi.h"
|
|
#include "miscadmin.h"
|
|
#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
|
|
#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
|
|
#include "parser/parse_coerce.h"
|
|
#include "parser/parse_type.h"
|
|
#include "parser/scansup.h"
|
|
#include "plpgsql.h"
|
|
#include "storage/proc.h"
|
|
#include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
|
|
#include "tcop/utility.h"
|
|
#include "utils/array.h"
|
|
#include "utils/builtins.h"
|
|
#include "utils/datum.h"
|
|
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
|
|
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
|
|
#include "utils/memutils.h"
|
|
#include "utils/rel.h"
|
|
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
|
|
#include "utils/syscache.h"
|
|
#include "utils/typcache.h"
|
|
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
int nargs; /* number of arguments */
|
|
Oid *types; /* types of arguments */
|
|
Datum *values; /* evaluated argument values */
|
|
char *nulls; /* null markers (' '/'n' style) */
|
|
} PreparedParamsData;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* All plpgsql function executions within a single transaction share the same
|
|
* executor EState for evaluating "simple" expressions. Each function call
|
|
* creates its own "eval_econtext" ExprContext within this estate for
|
|
* per-evaluation workspace. eval_econtext is freed at normal function exit,
|
|
* and the EState is freed at transaction end (in case of error, we assume
|
|
* that the abort mechanisms clean it all up). Furthermore, any exception
|
|
* block within a function has to have its own eval_econtext separate from
|
|
* the containing function's, so that we can clean up ExprContext callbacks
|
|
* properly at subtransaction exit. We maintain a stack that tracks the
|
|
* individual econtexts so that we can clean up correctly at subxact exit.
|
|
*
|
|
* This arrangement is a bit tedious to maintain, but it's worth the trouble
|
|
* so that we don't have to re-prepare simple expressions on each trip through
|
|
* a function. (We assume the case to optimize is many repetitions of a
|
|
* function within a transaction.)
|
|
*
|
|
* However, there's no value in trying to amortize simple expression setup
|
|
* across multiple executions of a DO block (inline code block), since there
|
|
* can never be any. If we use the shared EState for a DO block, the expr
|
|
* state trees are effectively leaked till end of transaction, and that can
|
|
* add up if the user keeps on submitting DO blocks. Therefore, each DO block
|
|
* has its own simple-expression EState, which is cleaned up at exit from
|
|
* plpgsql_inline_handler(). DO blocks still use the simple_econtext_stack,
|
|
* though, so that subxact abort cleanup does the right thing.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct SimpleEcontextStackEntry
|
|
{
|
|
ExprContext *stack_econtext; /* a stacked econtext */
|
|
SubTransactionId xact_subxid; /* ID for current subxact */
|
|
struct SimpleEcontextStackEntry *next; /* next stack entry up */
|
|
} SimpleEcontextStackEntry;
|
|
|
|
static EState *shared_simple_eval_estate = NULL;
|
|
static SimpleEcontextStackEntry *simple_econtext_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Memory management within a plpgsql function generally works with three
|
|
* contexts:
|
|
*
|
|
* 1. Function-call-lifespan data, such as variable values, is kept in the
|
|
* "main" context, a/k/a the "SPI Proc" context established by SPI_connect().
|
|
* This is usually the CurrentMemoryContext while running code in this module
|
|
* (which is not good, because careless coding can easily cause
|
|
* function-lifespan memory leaks, but we live with it for now).
|
|
*
|
|
* 2. Some statement-execution routines need statement-lifespan workspace.
|
|
* A suitable context is created on-demand by get_stmt_mcontext(), and must
|
|
* be reset at the end of the requesting routine. Error recovery will clean
|
|
* it up automatically. Nested statements requiring statement-lifespan
|
|
* workspace will result in a stack of such contexts, see push_stmt_mcontext().
|
|
*
|
|
* 3. We use the eval_econtext's per-tuple memory context for expression
|
|
* evaluation, and as a general-purpose workspace for short-lived allocations.
|
|
* Such allocations usually aren't explicitly freed, but are left to be
|
|
* cleaned up by a context reset, typically done by exec_eval_cleanup().
|
|
*
|
|
* These macros are for use in making short-lived allocations:
|
|
*/
|
|
#define get_eval_mcontext(estate) \
|
|
((estate)->eval_econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)
|
|
#define eval_mcontext_alloc(estate, sz) \
|
|
MemoryContextAlloc(get_eval_mcontext(estate), sz)
|
|
#define eval_mcontext_alloc0(estate, sz) \
|
|
MemoryContextAllocZero(get_eval_mcontext(estate), sz)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We use a session-wide hash table for caching cast information.
|
|
*
|
|
* Once built, the compiled expression trees (cast_expr fields) survive for
|
|
* the life of the session. At some point it might be worth invalidating
|
|
* those after pg_cast changes, but for the moment we don't bother.
|
|
*
|
|
* The evaluation state trees (cast_exprstate) are managed in the same way as
|
|
* simple expressions (i.e., we assume cast expressions are always simple).
|
|
*
|
|
* As with simple expressions, DO blocks don't use the shared hash table but
|
|
* must have their own. This isn't ideal, but we don't want to deal with
|
|
* multiple simple_eval_estates within a DO block.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct /* lookup key for cast info */
|
|
{
|
|
/* NB: we assume this struct contains no padding bytes */
|
|
Oid srctype; /* source type for cast */
|
|
Oid dsttype; /* destination type for cast */
|
|
int32 srctypmod; /* source typmod for cast */
|
|
int32 dsttypmod; /* destination typmod for cast */
|
|
} plpgsql_CastHashKey;
|
|
|
|
typedef struct /* cast_hash table entry */
|
|
{
|
|
plpgsql_CastHashKey key; /* hash key --- MUST BE FIRST */
|
|
Expr *cast_expr; /* cast expression, or NULL if no-op cast */
|
|
CachedExpression *cast_cexpr; /* cached expression backing the above */
|
|
/* ExprState is valid only when cast_lxid matches current LXID */
|
|
ExprState *cast_exprstate; /* expression's eval tree */
|
|
bool cast_in_use; /* true while we're executing eval tree */
|
|
LocalTransactionId cast_lxid;
|
|
} plpgsql_CastHashEntry;
|
|
|
|
static MemoryContext shared_cast_context = NULL;
|
|
static HTAB *shared_cast_hash = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* LOOP_RC_PROCESSING encapsulates common logic for looping statements to
|
|
* handle return/exit/continue result codes from the loop body statement(s).
|
|
* It's meant to be used like this:
|
|
*
|
|
* int rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
* for (...)
|
|
* {
|
|
* ...
|
|
* rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
|
|
* LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
|
|
* ...
|
|
* }
|
|
* return rc;
|
|
*
|
|
* If execution of the loop should terminate, LOOP_RC_PROCESSING will execute
|
|
* "exit_action" (typically a "break" or "goto"), after updating "rc" to the
|
|
* value the current statement should return. If execution should continue,
|
|
* LOOP_RC_PROCESSING will do nothing except reset "rc" to PLPGSQL_RC_OK.
|
|
*
|
|
* estate and rc are implicit arguments to the macro.
|
|
* estate->exitlabel is examined and possibly updated.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(looplabel, exit_action) \
|
|
if (rc == PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
/* RETURN, so propagate RC_RETURN out */ \
|
|
exit_action; \
|
|
} \
|
|
else if (rc == PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
if (estate->exitlabel == NULL) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
/* unlabelled EXIT terminates this loop */ \
|
|
rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK; \
|
|
exit_action; \
|
|
} \
|
|
else if ((looplabel) != NULL && \
|
|
strcmp(looplabel, estate->exitlabel) == 0) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
/* labelled EXIT matching this loop, so terminate loop */ \
|
|
estate->exitlabel = NULL; \
|
|
rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK; \
|
|
exit_action; \
|
|
} \
|
|
else \
|
|
{ \
|
|
/* non-matching labelled EXIT, propagate RC_EXIT out */ \
|
|
exit_action; \
|
|
} \
|
|
} \
|
|
else if (rc == PLPGSQL_RC_CONTINUE) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
if (estate->exitlabel == NULL) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
/* unlabelled CONTINUE matches this loop, so continue in loop */ \
|
|
rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK; \
|
|
} \
|
|
else if ((looplabel) != NULL && \
|
|
strcmp(looplabel, estate->exitlabel) == 0) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
/* labelled CONTINUE matching this loop, so continue in loop */ \
|
|
estate->exitlabel = NULL; \
|
|
rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK; \
|
|
} \
|
|
else \
|
|
{ \
|
|
/* non-matching labelled CONTINUE, propagate RC_CONTINUE out */ \
|
|
exit_action; \
|
|
} \
|
|
} \
|
|
else \
|
|
Assert(rc == PLPGSQL_RC_OK)
|
|
|
|
/************************************************************
|
|
* Local function forward declarations
|
|
************************************************************/
|
|
static void coerce_function_result_tuple(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc);
|
|
static void plpgsql_exec_error_callback(void *arg);
|
|
static void copy_plpgsql_datums(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_function *func);
|
|
static void plpgsql_fulfill_promise(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var);
|
|
static MemoryContext get_stmt_mcontext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate);
|
|
static void push_stmt_mcontext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate);
|
|
static void pop_stmt_mcontext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate);
|
|
|
|
static int exec_stmt_block(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_block *block);
|
|
static int exec_stmts(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
List *stmts);
|
|
static int exec_stmt(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_assign(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_assign *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_perform(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_perform *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_call(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_call *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_getdiag(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_getdiag *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_if(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_if *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_case(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_case *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_loop(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_loop *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_while(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_while *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_fori(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_fori *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_fors(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_fors *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_forc(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_forc *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_foreach_a(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_foreach_a *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_open(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_open *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_fetch(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_fetch *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_close(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_close *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_exit(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_exit *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_return(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_return *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_return_next(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_return_next *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_return_query(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_return_query *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_raise(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_raise *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_assert(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_assert *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_execsql(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_dynexecute(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_dynexecute *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_dynfors(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_dynfors *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_commit(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_commit *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_rollback(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_rollback *stmt);
|
|
static int exec_stmt_set(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_set *stmt);
|
|
|
|
static void plpgsql_estate_setup(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_function *func,
|
|
ReturnSetInfo *rsi,
|
|
EState *simple_eval_estate);
|
|
static void exec_eval_cleanup(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate);
|
|
|
|
static void exec_prepare_plan(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr, int cursorOptions,
|
|
bool keepplan);
|
|
static void exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_expr *expr);
|
|
static void exec_save_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_expr *expr, CachedPlan *cplan);
|
|
static void exec_check_rw_parameter(PLpgSQL_expr *expr, int target_dno);
|
|
static bool contains_target_param(Node *node, int *target_dno);
|
|
static bool exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
Datum *result,
|
|
bool *isNull,
|
|
Oid *rettype,
|
|
int32 *rettypmod);
|
|
|
|
static void exec_assign_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *target,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr);
|
|
static void exec_assign_c_string(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *target,
|
|
const char *str);
|
|
static void exec_assign_value(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *target,
|
|
Datum value, bool isNull,
|
|
Oid valtype, int32 valtypmod);
|
|
static void exec_eval_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum,
|
|
Oid *typeid,
|
|
int32 *typetypmod,
|
|
Datum *value,
|
|
bool *isnull);
|
|
static int exec_eval_integer(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
bool *isNull);
|
|
static bool exec_eval_boolean(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
bool *isNull);
|
|
static Datum exec_eval_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
bool *isNull,
|
|
Oid *rettype,
|
|
int32 *rettypmod);
|
|
static int exec_run_select(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr, long maxtuples, Portal *portalP);
|
|
static int exec_for_query(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *stmt,
|
|
Portal portal, bool prefetch_ok);
|
|
static ParamListInfo setup_param_list(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr);
|
|
static ParamExternData *plpgsql_param_fetch(ParamListInfo params,
|
|
int paramid, bool speculative,
|
|
ParamExternData *workspace);
|
|
static void plpgsql_param_compile(ParamListInfo params, Param *param,
|
|
ExprState *state,
|
|
Datum *resv, bool *resnull);
|
|
static void plpgsql_param_eval_var(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext);
|
|
static void plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext);
|
|
static void plpgsql_param_eval_recfield(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext);
|
|
static void plpgsql_param_eval_generic(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext);
|
|
static void plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext);
|
|
static void exec_move_row(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target,
|
|
HeapTuple tup, TupleDesc tupdesc);
|
|
static void revalidate_rectypeid(PLpgSQL_rec *rec);
|
|
static ExpandedRecordHeader *make_expanded_record_for_rec(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec,
|
|
TupleDesc srctupdesc,
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *srcerh);
|
|
static void exec_move_row_from_fields(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target,
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh,
|
|
Datum *values, bool *nulls,
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc);
|
|
static bool compatible_tupdescs(TupleDesc src_tupdesc, TupleDesc dst_tupdesc);
|
|
static HeapTuple make_tuple_from_row(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row,
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc);
|
|
static TupleDesc deconstruct_composite_datum(Datum value,
|
|
HeapTupleData *tmptup);
|
|
static void exec_move_row_from_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target,
|
|
Datum value);
|
|
static void instantiate_empty_record_variable(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec);
|
|
static char *convert_value_to_string(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
Datum value, Oid valtype);
|
|
static Datum exec_cast_value(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
Datum value, bool *isnull,
|
|
Oid valtype, int32 valtypmod,
|
|
Oid reqtype, int32 reqtypmod);
|
|
static plpgsql_CastHashEntry *get_cast_hashentry(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
Oid srctype, int32 srctypmod,
|
|
Oid dsttype, int32 dsttypmod);
|
|
static void exec_init_tuple_store(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate);
|
|
static void exec_set_found(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, bool state);
|
|
static void plpgsql_create_econtext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate);
|
|
static void plpgsql_destroy_econtext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate);
|
|
static void assign_simple_var(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_var *var,
|
|
Datum newvalue, bool isnull, bool freeable);
|
|
static void assign_text_var(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_var *var,
|
|
const char *str);
|
|
static void assign_record_var(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_rec *rec,
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh);
|
|
static PreparedParamsData *exec_eval_using_params(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
List *params);
|
|
static Portal exec_dynquery_with_params(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *dynquery, List *params,
|
|
const char *portalname, int cursorOptions);
|
|
static char *format_expr_params(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
const PLpgSQL_expr *expr);
|
|
static char *format_preparedparamsdata(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
const PreparedParamsData *ppd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* plpgsql_exec_function Called by the call handler for
|
|
* function execution.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is also used to execute inline code blocks (DO blocks). The only
|
|
* difference that this code is aware of is that for a DO block, we want
|
|
* to use a private simple_eval_estate, which is created and passed in by
|
|
* the caller. For regular functions, pass NULL, which implies using
|
|
* shared_simple_eval_estate. (When using a private simple_eval_estate,
|
|
* we must also use a private cast hashtable, but that's taken care of
|
|
* within plpgsql_estate_setup.)
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
plpgsql_exec_function(PLpgSQL_function *func, FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
|
|
EState *simple_eval_estate, bool atomic)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate estate;
|
|
ErrorContextCallback plerrcontext;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup the execution state
|
|
*/
|
|
plpgsql_estate_setup(&estate, func, (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo,
|
|
simple_eval_estate);
|
|
estate.atomic = atomic;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup error traceback support for ereport()
|
|
*/
|
|
plerrcontext.callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
|
|
plerrcontext.arg = &estate;
|
|
plerrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
|
|
error_context_stack = &plerrcontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make local execution copies of all the datums
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during initialization of execution state");
|
|
copy_plpgsql_datums(&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Store the actual call argument values into the appropriate variables
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("while storing call arguments into local variables");
|
|
for (i = 0; i < func->fn_nargs; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
int n = func->fn_argvarnos[i];
|
|
|
|
switch (estate.datums[n]->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate.datums[n];
|
|
|
|
assign_simple_var(&estate, var,
|
|
fcinfo->args[i].value,
|
|
fcinfo->args[i].isnull,
|
|
false);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Force any array-valued parameter to be stored in
|
|
* expanded form in our local variable, in hopes of
|
|
* improving efficiency of uses of the variable. (This is
|
|
* a hack, really: why only arrays? Need more thought
|
|
* about which cases are likely to win. See also
|
|
* typisarray-specific heuristic in exec_assign_value.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Special cases: If passed a R/W expanded pointer, assume
|
|
* we can commandeer the object rather than having to copy
|
|
* it. If passed a R/O expanded pointer, just keep it as
|
|
* the value of the variable for the moment. (We'll force
|
|
* it to R/W if the variable gets modified, but that may
|
|
* very well never happen.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!var->isnull && var->datatype->typisarray)
|
|
{
|
|
if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(var->value)))
|
|
{
|
|
/* take ownership of R/W object */
|
|
assign_simple_var(&estate, var,
|
|
TransferExpandedObject(var->value,
|
|
estate.datum_context),
|
|
false,
|
|
true);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RO(DatumGetPointer(var->value)))
|
|
{
|
|
/* R/O pointer, keep it as-is until assigned to */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* flat array, so force to expanded form */
|
|
assign_simple_var(&estate, var,
|
|
expand_array(var->value,
|
|
estate.datum_context,
|
|
NULL),
|
|
false,
|
|
true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) estate.datums[n];
|
|
|
|
if (!fcinfo->args[i].isnull)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Assign row value from composite datum */
|
|
exec_move_row_from_datum(&estate,
|
|
(PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
|
|
fcinfo->args[i].value);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* If arg is null, set variable to null */
|
|
exec_move_row(&estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
/* clean up after exec_move_row() */
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Anything else should not be an argument variable */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", func->datums[i]->dtype);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function entry");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the magic variable FOUND to false
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_set_found(&estate, false);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg) (&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now call the toplevel block of statements
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_text = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_stmt = (PLpgSQL_stmt *) (func->action);
|
|
rc = exec_stmt(&estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt *) func->action);
|
|
if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN)
|
|
{
|
|
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_text = NULL;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
|
|
errmsg("control reached end of function without RETURN")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We got a return value - process it
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("while casting return value to function's return type");
|
|
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = estate.retisnull;
|
|
|
|
if (estate.retisset)
|
|
{
|
|
ReturnSetInfo *rsi = estate.rsi;
|
|
|
|
/* Check caller can handle a set result */
|
|
if (!rsi || !IsA(rsi, ReturnSetInfo) ||
|
|
(rsi->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize) == 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set")));
|
|
rsi->returnMode = SFRM_Materialize;
|
|
|
|
/* If we produced any tuples, send back the result */
|
|
if (estate.tuple_store)
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext oldcxt;
|
|
|
|
rsi->setResult = estate.tuple_store;
|
|
oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate.tuple_store_cxt);
|
|
rsi->setDesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(estate.tuple_store_desc);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
|
|
}
|
|
estate.retval = (Datum) 0;
|
|
fcinfo->isnull = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!estate.retisnull)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cast result value to function's declared result type, and copy it
|
|
* out to the upper executor memory context. We must treat tuple
|
|
* results specially in order to deal with cases like rowtypes
|
|
* involving dropped columns.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate.retistuple)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't need coercion if rowtype is known to match */
|
|
if (func->fn_rettype == estate.rettype &&
|
|
func->fn_rettype != RECORDOID)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the tuple result into upper executor memory context.
|
|
* However, if we have a R/W expanded datum, we can just
|
|
* transfer its ownership out to the upper context.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate.retval,
|
|
false,
|
|
-1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to look up the expected result type. XXX would be
|
|
* better to cache the tupdesc instead of repeating
|
|
* get_call_result_type(), but the only easy place to save it
|
|
* is in the PLpgSQL_function struct, and that's too
|
|
* long-lived: composite types could change during the
|
|
* existence of a PLpgSQL_function.
|
|
*/
|
|
Oid resultTypeId;
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
|
|
switch (get_call_result_type(fcinfo, &resultTypeId, &tupdesc))
|
|
{
|
|
case TYPEFUNC_COMPOSITE:
|
|
/* got the expected result rowtype, now coerce it */
|
|
coerce_function_result_tuple(&estate, tupdesc);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TYPEFUNC_COMPOSITE_DOMAIN:
|
|
/* got the expected result rowtype, now coerce it */
|
|
coerce_function_result_tuple(&estate, tupdesc);
|
|
/* and check domain constraints */
|
|
/* XXX allowing caching here would be good, too */
|
|
domain_check(estate.retval, false, resultTypeId,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
break;
|
|
case TYPEFUNC_RECORD:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Failed to determine actual type of RECORD. We
|
|
* could raise an error here, but what this means in
|
|
* practice is that the caller is expecting any old
|
|
* generic rowtype, so we don't really need to be
|
|
* restrictive. Pass back the generated result as-is.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate.retval,
|
|
false,
|
|
-1);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* shouldn't get here if retistuple is true ... */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "return type must be a row type");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Scalar case: use exec_cast_value */
|
|
estate.retval = exec_cast_value(&estate,
|
|
estate.retval,
|
|
&fcinfo->isnull,
|
|
estate.rettype,
|
|
-1,
|
|
func->fn_rettype,
|
|
-1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the function's return type isn't by value, copy the value
|
|
* into upper executor memory context. However, if we have a R/W
|
|
* expanded datum, we can just transfer its ownership out to the
|
|
* upper executor context.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!fcinfo->isnull && !func->fn_retbyval)
|
|
estate.retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate.retval,
|
|
false,
|
|
func->fn_rettyplen);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We're returning a NULL, which normally requires no conversion work
|
|
* regardless of datatypes. But, if we are casting it to a domain
|
|
* return type, we'd better check that the domain's constraints pass.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (func->fn_retisdomain)
|
|
estate.retval = exec_cast_value(&estate,
|
|
estate.retval,
|
|
&fcinfo->isnull,
|
|
estate.rettype,
|
|
-1,
|
|
func->fn_rettype,
|
|
-1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function exit");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end) (&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
|
|
plpgsql_destroy_econtext(&estate);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
|
|
/* stmt_mcontext will be destroyed when function's main context is */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop the error context stack
|
|
*/
|
|
error_context_stack = plerrcontext.previous;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the function's result
|
|
*/
|
|
return estate.retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Helper for plpgsql_exec_function: coerce composite result to the specified
|
|
* tuple descriptor, and copy it out to upper executor memory. This is split
|
|
* out mostly for cosmetic reasons --- the logic would be very deeply nested
|
|
* otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* estate->retval is updated in-place.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
coerce_function_result_tuple(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, TupleDesc tupdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
HeapTuple rettup;
|
|
TupleDesc retdesc;
|
|
TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
|
|
|
|
/* We assume exec_stmt_return verified that result is composite */
|
|
Assert(type_is_rowtype(estate->rettype));
|
|
|
|
/* We can special-case expanded records for speed */
|
|
if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(estate->retval)))
|
|
{
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh = (ExpandedRecordHeader *) DatumGetEOHP(estate->retval);
|
|
|
|
Assert(erh->er_magic == ER_MAGIC);
|
|
|
|
/* Extract record's TupleDesc */
|
|
retdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh);
|
|
|
|
/* check rowtype compatibility */
|
|
tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
|
|
tupdesc,
|
|
gettext_noop("returned record type does not match expected record type"));
|
|
|
|
/* it might need conversion */
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
{
|
|
rettup = expanded_record_get_tuple(erh);
|
|
Assert(rettup);
|
|
rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy tuple to upper executor memory, as a tuple Datum. Make
|
|
* sure it is labeled with the caller-supplied tuple type.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->retval = PointerGetDatum(SPI_returntuple(rettup, tupdesc));
|
|
/* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!(tupdesc->tdtypeid == erh->er_decltypeid ||
|
|
(tupdesc->tdtypeid == RECORDOID &&
|
|
!ExpandedRecordIsDomain(erh))))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The expanded record has the right physical tupdesc, but the
|
|
* wrong type ID. (Typically, the expanded record is RECORDOID
|
|
* but the function is declared to return a named composite type.
|
|
* As in exec_move_row_from_datum, we don't allow returning a
|
|
* composite-domain record from a function declared to return
|
|
* RECORD.) So we must flatten the record to a tuple datum and
|
|
* overwrite its type fields with the right thing. spi.c doesn't
|
|
* provide any easy way to deal with this case, so we end up
|
|
* duplicating the guts of datumCopy() :-(
|
|
*/
|
|
Size resultsize;
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuphdr;
|
|
|
|
resultsize = EOH_get_flat_size(&erh->hdr);
|
|
tuphdr = (HeapTupleHeader) SPI_palloc(resultsize);
|
|
EOH_flatten_into(&erh->hdr, (void *) tuphdr, resultsize);
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderSetTypeId(tuphdr, tupdesc->tdtypeid);
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderSetTypMod(tuphdr, tupdesc->tdtypmod);
|
|
estate->retval = PointerGetDatum(tuphdr);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We need only copy result into upper executor memory context.
|
|
* However, if we have a R/W expanded datum, we can just transfer
|
|
* its ownership out to the upper executor context.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate->retval,
|
|
false,
|
|
-1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Convert composite datum to a HeapTuple and TupleDesc */
|
|
HeapTupleData tmptup;
|
|
|
|
retdesc = deconstruct_composite_datum(estate->retval, &tmptup);
|
|
rettup = &tmptup;
|
|
|
|
/* check rowtype compatibility */
|
|
tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
|
|
tupdesc,
|
|
gettext_noop("returned record type does not match expected record type"));
|
|
|
|
/* it might need conversion */
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy tuple to upper executor memory, as a tuple Datum. Make sure
|
|
* it is labeled with the caller-supplied tuple type.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->retval = PointerGetDatum(SPI_returntuple(rettup, tupdesc));
|
|
|
|
/* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
|
|
|
|
ReleaseTupleDesc(retdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* plpgsql_exec_trigger Called by the call handler for
|
|
* trigger execution.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
HeapTuple
|
|
plpgsql_exec_trigger(PLpgSQL_function *func,
|
|
TriggerData *trigdata)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate estate;
|
|
ErrorContextCallback plerrcontext;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec_new,
|
|
*rec_old;
|
|
HeapTuple rettup;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup the execution state
|
|
*/
|
|
plpgsql_estate_setup(&estate, func, NULL, NULL);
|
|
estate.trigdata = trigdata;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup error traceback support for ereport()
|
|
*/
|
|
plerrcontext.callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
|
|
plerrcontext.arg = &estate;
|
|
plerrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
|
|
error_context_stack = &plerrcontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make local execution copies of all the datums
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during initialization of execution state");
|
|
copy_plpgsql_datums(&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Put the OLD and NEW tuples into record variables
|
|
*
|
|
* We set up expanded records for both variables even though only one may
|
|
* have a value. This allows record references to succeed in functions
|
|
* that are used for multiple trigger types. For example, we might have a
|
|
* test like "if (TG_OP = 'INSERT' and NEW.foo = 'xyz')", which should
|
|
* work regardless of the current trigger type. If a value is actually
|
|
* fetched from an unsupplied tuple, it will read as NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation);
|
|
|
|
rec_new = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate.datums[func->new_varno]);
|
|
rec_old = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate.datums[func->old_varno]);
|
|
|
|
rec_new->erh = make_expanded_record_from_tupdesc(tupdesc,
|
|
estate.datum_context);
|
|
rec_old->erh = make_expanded_record_from_exprecord(rec_new->erh,
|
|
estate.datum_context);
|
|
|
|
if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Per-statement triggers don't use OLD/NEW variables
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
{
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_new->erh, trigdata->tg_trigtuple,
|
|
false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
{
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_new->erh, trigdata->tg_newtuple,
|
|
false, false);
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_old->erh, trigdata->tg_trigtuple,
|
|
false, false);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In BEFORE trigger, stored generated columns are not computed yet,
|
|
* so make them null in the NEW row. (Only needed in UPDATE branch;
|
|
* in the INSERT case, they are already null, but in UPDATE, the field
|
|
* still contains the old value.) Alternatively, we could construct a
|
|
* whole new row structure without the generated columns, but this way
|
|
* seems more efficient and potentially less confusing.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_stored &&
|
|
TRIGGER_FIRED_BEFORE(trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
{
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
|
|
if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED)
|
|
expanded_record_set_field_internal(rec_new->erh,
|
|
i + 1,
|
|
(Datum) 0,
|
|
true, /* isnull */
|
|
false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
{
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_old->erh, trigdata->tg_trigtuple,
|
|
false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger action: not INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE");
|
|
|
|
/* Make transition tables visible to this SPI connection */
|
|
rc = SPI_register_trigger_data(trigdata);
|
|
Assert(rc >= 0);
|
|
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function entry");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the magic variable FOUND to false
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_set_found(&estate, false);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg) (&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now call the toplevel block of statements
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_text = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_stmt = (PLpgSQL_stmt *) (func->action);
|
|
rc = exec_stmt(&estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt *) func->action);
|
|
if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN)
|
|
{
|
|
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_text = NULL;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
|
|
errmsg("control reached end of trigger procedure without RETURN")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function exit");
|
|
|
|
if (estate.retisset)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("trigger procedure cannot return a set")));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check that the returned tuple structure has the same attributes, the
|
|
* relation that fired the trigger has. A per-statement trigger always
|
|
* needs to return NULL, so we ignore any return value the function itself
|
|
* produces (XXX: is this a good idea?)
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX This way it is possible, that the trigger returns a tuple where
|
|
* attributes don't have the correct atttypmod's length. It's up to the
|
|
* trigger's programmer to ensure that this doesn't happen. Jan
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate.retisnull || !TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
rettup = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TupleDesc retdesc;
|
|
TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
|
|
|
|
/* We assume exec_stmt_return verified that result is composite */
|
|
Assert(type_is_rowtype(estate.rettype));
|
|
|
|
/* We can special-case expanded records for speed */
|
|
if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(estate.retval)))
|
|
{
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh = (ExpandedRecordHeader *) DatumGetEOHP(estate.retval);
|
|
|
|
Assert(erh->er_magic == ER_MAGIC);
|
|
|
|
/* Extract HeapTuple and TupleDesc */
|
|
rettup = expanded_record_get_tuple(erh);
|
|
Assert(rettup);
|
|
retdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh);
|
|
|
|
if (retdesc != RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation))
|
|
{
|
|
/* check rowtype compatibility */
|
|
tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
|
|
RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation),
|
|
gettext_noop("returned row structure does not match the structure of the triggering table"));
|
|
/* it might need conversion */
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
|
|
/* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy tuple to upper executor memory. But if user just did
|
|
* "return new" or "return old" without changing anything, there's
|
|
* no need to copy; we can return the original tuple (which will
|
|
* save a few cycles in trigger.c as well as here).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rettup != trigdata->tg_newtuple &&
|
|
rettup != trigdata->tg_trigtuple)
|
|
rettup = SPI_copytuple(rettup);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Convert composite datum to a HeapTuple and TupleDesc */
|
|
HeapTupleData tmptup;
|
|
|
|
retdesc = deconstruct_composite_datum(estate.retval, &tmptup);
|
|
rettup = &tmptup;
|
|
|
|
/* check rowtype compatibility */
|
|
tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
|
|
RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation),
|
|
gettext_noop("returned row structure does not match the structure of the triggering table"));
|
|
/* it might need conversion */
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
|
|
|
|
ReleaseTupleDesc(retdesc);
|
|
/* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
|
|
|
|
/* Copy tuple to upper executor memory */
|
|
rettup = SPI_copytuple(rettup);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end) (&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
|
|
plpgsql_destroy_econtext(&estate);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
|
|
/* stmt_mcontext will be destroyed when function's main context is */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop the error context stack
|
|
*/
|
|
error_context_stack = plerrcontext.previous;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the trigger's result
|
|
*/
|
|
return rettup;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* plpgsql_exec_event_trigger Called by the call handler for
|
|
* event trigger execution.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
plpgsql_exec_event_trigger(PLpgSQL_function *func, EventTriggerData *trigdata)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate estate;
|
|
ErrorContextCallback plerrcontext;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup the execution state
|
|
*/
|
|
plpgsql_estate_setup(&estate, func, NULL, NULL);
|
|
estate.evtrigdata = trigdata;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup error traceback support for ereport()
|
|
*/
|
|
plerrcontext.callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
|
|
plerrcontext.arg = &estate;
|
|
plerrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
|
|
error_context_stack = &plerrcontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make local execution copies of all the datums
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during initialization of execution state");
|
|
copy_plpgsql_datums(&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg) (&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now call the toplevel block of statements
|
|
*/
|
|
estate.err_text = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_stmt = (PLpgSQL_stmt *) (func->action);
|
|
rc = exec_stmt(&estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt *) func->action);
|
|
if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN)
|
|
{
|
|
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_text = NULL;
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
|
|
errmsg("control reached end of trigger procedure without RETURN")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
|
|
estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function exit");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end) (&estate, func);
|
|
|
|
/* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
|
|
plpgsql_destroy_econtext(&estate);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
|
|
/* stmt_mcontext will be destroyed when function's main context is */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop the error context stack
|
|
*/
|
|
error_context_stack = plerrcontext.previous;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* error context callback to let us supply a call-stack traceback
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_exec_error_callback(void *arg)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) arg;
|
|
|
|
if (estate->err_text != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We don't expend the cycles to run gettext() on err_text unless we
|
|
* actually need it. Therefore, places that set up err_text should
|
|
* use gettext_noop() to ensure the strings get recorded in the
|
|
* message dictionary.
|
|
*
|
|
* If both err_text and err_stmt are set, use the err_text as
|
|
* description, but report the err_stmt's line number. When err_stmt
|
|
* is not set, we're in function entry/exit, or some such place not
|
|
* attached to a specific line number.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->err_stmt != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* translator: last %s is a phrase such as "during statement block
|
|
* local variable initialization"
|
|
*/
|
|
errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s line %d %s",
|
|
estate->func->fn_signature,
|
|
estate->err_stmt->lineno,
|
|
_(estate->err_text));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* translator: last %s is a phrase such as "while storing call
|
|
* arguments into local variables"
|
|
*/
|
|
errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s %s",
|
|
estate->func->fn_signature,
|
|
_(estate->err_text));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (estate->err_stmt != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* translator: last %s is a plpgsql statement type name */
|
|
errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s line %d at %s",
|
|
estate->func->fn_signature,
|
|
estate->err_stmt->lineno,
|
|
plpgsql_stmt_typename(estate->err_stmt));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s",
|
|
estate->func->fn_signature);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Support function for initializing local execution variables
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
copy_plpgsql_datums(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_function *func)
|
|
{
|
|
int ndatums = estate->ndatums;
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum **indatums;
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum **outdatums;
|
|
char *workspace;
|
|
char *ws_next;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate local datum-pointer array */
|
|
estate->datums = (PLpgSQL_datum **)
|
|
palloc(sizeof(PLpgSQL_datum *) * ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To reduce palloc overhead, we make a single palloc request for all the
|
|
* space needed for locally-instantiated datums.
|
|
*/
|
|
workspace = palloc(func->copiable_size);
|
|
ws_next = workspace;
|
|
|
|
/* Fill datum-pointer array, copying datums into workspace as needed */
|
|
indatums = func->datums;
|
|
outdatums = estate->datums;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ndatums; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *indatum = indatums[i];
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *outdatum;
|
|
|
|
/* This must agree with plpgsql_finish_datums on what is copiable */
|
|
switch (indatum->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
outdatum = (PLpgSQL_datum *) ws_next;
|
|
memcpy(outdatum, indatum, sizeof(PLpgSQL_var));
|
|
ws_next += MAXALIGN(sizeof(PLpgSQL_var));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
outdatum = (PLpgSQL_datum *) ws_next;
|
|
memcpy(outdatum, indatum, sizeof(PLpgSQL_rec));
|
|
ws_next += MAXALIGN(sizeof(PLpgSQL_rec));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ARRAYELEM:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* These datum records are read-only at runtime, so no need to
|
|
* copy them (well, RECFIELD and ARRAYELEM contain cached
|
|
* data, but we'd just as soon centralize the caching anyway).
|
|
*/
|
|
outdatum = indatum;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", indatum->dtype);
|
|
outdatum = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
outdatums[i] = outdatum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Assert(ws_next == workspace + func->copiable_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the variable has an armed "promise", compute the promised value
|
|
* and assign it to the variable.
|
|
* The assignment automatically disarms the promise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_fulfill_promise(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var)
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
if (var->promise == PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE)
|
|
return; /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This will typically be invoked in a short-lived context such as the
|
|
* mcontext. We must create variable values in the estate's datum
|
|
* context. This quick-and-dirty solution risks leaking some additional
|
|
* cruft there, but since any one promise is honored at most once per
|
|
* function call, it's probably not worth being more careful.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->datum_context);
|
|
|
|
switch (var->promise)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_NAME:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var,
|
|
DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
|
|
CStringGetDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgname)),
|
|
false, true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_WHEN:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BEFORE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "BEFORE");
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "AFTER");
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_INSTEAD(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "INSTEAD OF");
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger execution time: not BEFORE, AFTER, or INSTEAD OF");
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_LEVEL:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
if (TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "ROW");
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "STATEMENT");
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger event type: not ROW or STATEMENT");
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_OP:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "INSERT");
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "UPDATE");
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "DELETE");
|
|
else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_TRUNCATE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, "TRUNCATE");
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger action: not INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE, or TRUNCATE");
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_RELID:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_relation->rd_id),
|
|
false, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_TABLE_NAME:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var,
|
|
DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
|
|
CStringGetDatum(RelationGetRelationName(estate->trigdata->tg_relation))),
|
|
false, true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_TABLE_SCHEMA:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var,
|
|
DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
|
|
CStringGetDatum(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(estate->trigdata->tg_relation)))),
|
|
false, true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_NARGS:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var,
|
|
Int16GetDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgnargs),
|
|
false, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_ARGV:
|
|
if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
|
|
if (estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgnargs > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* For historical reasons, tg_argv[] subscripts start at zero
|
|
* not one. So we can't use construct_array().
|
|
*/
|
|
int nelems = estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgnargs;
|
|
Datum *elems;
|
|
int dims[1];
|
|
int lbs[1];
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
elems = palloc(sizeof(Datum) * nelems);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nelems; i++)
|
|
elems[i] = CStringGetTextDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgargs[i]);
|
|
dims[0] = nelems;
|
|
lbs[0] = 0;
|
|
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(construct_md_array(elems, NULL,
|
|
1, dims, lbs,
|
|
TEXTOID,
|
|
-1, false, 'i')),
|
|
false, true);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_EVENT:
|
|
if (estate->evtrigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "event trigger promise is not in an event trigger function");
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, estate->evtrigdata->event);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_TAG:
|
|
if (estate->evtrigdata == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "event trigger promise is not in an event trigger function");
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, var, estate->evtrigdata->tag);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized promise type: %d", var->promise);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a memory context for statement-lifespan variables, if we don't
|
|
* have one already. It will be a child of stmt_mcontext_parent, which is
|
|
* either the function's main context or a pushed-down outer stmt_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
static MemoryContext
|
|
get_stmt_mcontext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)
|
|
{
|
|
if (estate->stmt_mcontext == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext =
|
|
AllocSetContextCreate(estate->stmt_mcontext_parent,
|
|
"PLpgSQL per-statement data",
|
|
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
|
|
}
|
|
return estate->stmt_mcontext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push down the current stmt_mcontext so that called statements won't use it.
|
|
* This is needed by statements that have statement-lifespan data and need to
|
|
* preserve it across some inner statements. The caller should eventually do
|
|
* pop_stmt_mcontext().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
push_stmt_mcontext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Should have done get_stmt_mcontext() first */
|
|
Assert(estate->stmt_mcontext != NULL);
|
|
/* Assert we've not messed up the stack linkage */
|
|
Assert(MemoryContextGetParent(estate->stmt_mcontext) == estate->stmt_mcontext_parent);
|
|
/* Push it down to become the parent of any nested stmt mcontext */
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = estate->stmt_mcontext;
|
|
/* And make it not available for use directly */
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Undo push_stmt_mcontext(). We assume this is done just before or after
|
|
* resetting the caller's stmt_mcontext; since that action will also delete
|
|
* any child contexts, there's no need to explicitly delete whatever context
|
|
* might currently be estate->stmt_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
pop_stmt_mcontext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We need only pop the stack */
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext = estate->stmt_mcontext_parent;
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = MemoryContextGetParent(estate->stmt_mcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Subroutine for exec_stmt_block: does any condition in the condition list
|
|
* match the current exception?
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
exception_matches_conditions(ErrorData *edata, PLpgSQL_condition *cond)
|
|
{
|
|
for (; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next)
|
|
{
|
|
int sqlerrstate = cond->sqlerrstate;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* OTHERS matches everything *except* query-canceled and
|
|
* assert-failure. If you're foolish enough, you can match those
|
|
* explicitly.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sqlerrstate == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (edata->sqlerrcode != ERRCODE_QUERY_CANCELED &&
|
|
edata->sqlerrcode != ERRCODE_ASSERT_FAILURE)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Exact match? */
|
|
else if (edata->sqlerrcode == sqlerrstate)
|
|
return true;
|
|
/* Category match? */
|
|
else if (ERRCODE_IS_CATEGORY(sqlerrstate) &&
|
|
ERRCODE_TO_CATEGORY(edata->sqlerrcode) == sqlerrstate)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_block Execute a block of statements
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_block(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_block *block)
|
|
{
|
|
volatile int rc = -1;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First initialize all variables declared in this block
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during statement block local variable initialization");
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < block->n_initvars; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
int n = block->initvarnos[i];
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum = estate->datums[n];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The set of dtypes handled here must match plpgsql_add_initdatums().
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that we currently don't support promise datums within blocks,
|
|
* only at a function's outermost scope, so we needn't handle those
|
|
* here.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (datum->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free any old value, in case re-entering block, and
|
|
* initialize to NULL
|
|
*/
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
|
|
|
|
if (var->default_val == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If needed, give the datatype a chance to reject
|
|
* NULLs, by assigning a NULL to the variable. We
|
|
* claim the value is of type UNKNOWN, not the var's
|
|
* datatype, else coercion will be skipped.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->datatype->typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate,
|
|
(PLpgSQL_datum *) var,
|
|
(Datum) 0,
|
|
true,
|
|
UNKNOWNOID,
|
|
-1);
|
|
|
|
/* parser should have rejected NOT NULL */
|
|
Assert(!var->notnull);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
exec_assign_expr(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) var,
|
|
var->default_val);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Deletion of any existing object will be handled during
|
|
* the assignments below, and in some cases it's more
|
|
* efficient for us not to get rid of it beforehand.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->default_val == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If needed, give the datatype a chance to reject
|
|
* NULLs, by assigning a NULL to the variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* parser should have rejected NOT NULL */
|
|
Assert(!rec->notnull);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
exec_assign_expr(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) rec,
|
|
rec->default_val);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (block->exceptions)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the statements in the block's body inside a sub-transaction
|
|
*/
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext = CurrentMemoryContext;
|
|
ResourceOwner oldowner = CurrentResourceOwner;
|
|
ExprContext *old_eval_econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
|
|
ErrorData *save_cur_error = estate->cur_error;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext;
|
|
|
|
estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during statement block entry");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We will need a stmt_mcontext to hold the error data if an error
|
|
* occurs. It seems best to force it to exist before entering the
|
|
* subtransaction, so that we reduce the risk of out-of-memory during
|
|
* error recovery, and because this greatly simplifies restoring the
|
|
* stmt_mcontext stack to the correct state after an error. We can
|
|
* ameliorate the cost of this by allowing the called statements to
|
|
* use this mcontext too; so we don't push it down here.
|
|
*/
|
|
stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
|
|
BeginInternalSubTransaction(NULL);
|
|
/* Want to run statements inside function's memory context */
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
PG_TRY();
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We need to run the block's statements with a new eval_econtext
|
|
* that belongs to the current subtransaction; if we try to use
|
|
* the outer econtext then ExprContext shutdown callbacks will be
|
|
* called at the wrong times.
|
|
*/
|
|
plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
|
|
|
|
estate->err_text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Run the block's statements */
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, block->body);
|
|
|
|
estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during statement block exit");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the block ended with RETURN, we may need to copy the return
|
|
* value out of the subtransaction eval_context. We can avoid a
|
|
* physical copy if the value happens to be a R/W expanded object.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rc == PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN &&
|
|
!estate->retisset &&
|
|
!estate->retisnull)
|
|
{
|
|
int16 resTypLen;
|
|
bool resTypByVal;
|
|
|
|
get_typlenbyval(estate->rettype, &resTypLen, &resTypByVal);
|
|
estate->retval = datumTransfer(estate->retval,
|
|
resTypByVal, resTypLen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Commit the inner transaction, return to outer xact context */
|
|
ReleaseCurrentSubTransaction();
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
CurrentResourceOwner = oldowner;
|
|
|
|
/* Assert that the stmt_mcontext stack is unchanged */
|
|
Assert(stmt_mcontext == estate->stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Revert to outer eval_econtext. (The inner one was
|
|
* automatically cleaned up during subxact exit.)
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->eval_econtext = old_eval_econtext;
|
|
}
|
|
PG_CATCH();
|
|
{
|
|
ErrorData *edata;
|
|
ListCell *e;
|
|
|
|
estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during exception cleanup");
|
|
|
|
/* Save error info in our stmt_mcontext */
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
edata = CopyErrorData();
|
|
FlushErrorState();
|
|
|
|
/* Abort the inner transaction */
|
|
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction();
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
CurrentResourceOwner = oldowner;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up the stmt_mcontext stack as though we had restored our
|
|
* previous state and then done push_stmt_mcontext(). The push is
|
|
* needed so that statements in the exception handler won't
|
|
* clobber the error data that's in our stmt_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = stmt_mcontext;
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we can delete any nested stmt_mcontexts that might have
|
|
* been created as children of ours. (Note: we do not immediately
|
|
* release any statement-lifespan data that might have been left
|
|
* behind in stmt_mcontext itself. We could attempt that by doing
|
|
* a MemoryContextReset on it before collecting the error data
|
|
* above, but it seems too risky to do any significant amount of
|
|
* work before collecting the error.)
|
|
*/
|
|
MemoryContextDeleteChildren(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* Revert to outer eval_econtext */
|
|
estate->eval_econtext = old_eval_econtext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Must clean up the econtext too. However, any tuple table made
|
|
* in the subxact will have been thrown away by SPI during subxact
|
|
* abort, so we don't need to (and mustn't try to) free the
|
|
* eval_tuptable.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
/* Look for a matching exception handler */
|
|
foreach(e, block->exceptions->exc_list)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_exception *exception = (PLpgSQL_exception *) lfirst(e);
|
|
|
|
if (exception_matches_conditions(edata, exception->conditions))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize the magic SQLSTATE and SQLERRM variables for
|
|
* the exception block; this also frees values from any
|
|
* prior use of the same exception. We needn't do this
|
|
* until we have found a matching exception.
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *state_var;
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *errm_var;
|
|
|
|
state_var = (PLpgSQL_var *)
|
|
estate->datums[block->exceptions->sqlstate_varno];
|
|
errm_var = (PLpgSQL_var *)
|
|
estate->datums[block->exceptions->sqlerrm_varno];
|
|
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, state_var,
|
|
unpack_sql_state(edata->sqlerrcode));
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, errm_var, edata->message);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Also set up cur_error so the error data is accessible
|
|
* inside the handler.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->cur_error = edata;
|
|
|
|
estate->err_text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, exception->action);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Restore previous state of cur_error, whether or not we executed
|
|
* a handler. This is needed in case an error got thrown from
|
|
* some inner block's exception handler.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->cur_error = save_cur_error;
|
|
|
|
/* If no match found, re-throw the error */
|
|
if (e == NULL)
|
|
ReThrowError(edata);
|
|
|
|
/* Restore stmt_mcontext stack and release the error data */
|
|
pop_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
PG_END_TRY();
|
|
|
|
Assert(save_cur_error == estate->cur_error);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Just execute the statements in the block's body
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->err_text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, block->body);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate->err_text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle the return code. This is intentionally different from
|
|
* LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(): CONTINUE never matches a block, and EXIT matches
|
|
* a block only if there is a label match.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (rc)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RC_OK:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RC_CONTINUE:
|
|
return rc;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT:
|
|
if (estate->exitlabel == NULL)
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
|
|
if (block->label == NULL)
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
|
|
if (strcmp(block->label, estate->exitlabel) != 0)
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
|
|
estate->exitlabel = NULL;
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized rc: %d", rc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmts Iterate over a list of statements
|
|
* as long as their return code is OK
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmts(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, List *stmts)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *s;
|
|
|
|
if (stmts == NIL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ensure we do a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() even though there is no
|
|
* statement. This prevents hangup in a tight loop if, for instance,
|
|
* there is a LOOP construct with an empty body.
|
|
*/
|
|
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
foreach(s, stmts)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt *stmt = (PLpgSQL_stmt *) lfirst(s);
|
|
int rc = exec_stmt(estate, stmt);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_OK)
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt Distribute one statement to the statements
|
|
* type specific execution function.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt *save_estmt;
|
|
int rc = -1;
|
|
|
|
save_estmt = estate->err_stmt;
|
|
estate->err_stmt = stmt;
|
|
|
|
/* Let the plugin know that we are about to execute this statement */
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_beg)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_beg) (estate, stmt);
|
|
|
|
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
|
|
|
|
switch (stmt->cmd_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_BLOCK:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_block(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_block *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_ASSIGN:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_assign(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_assign *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_PERFORM:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_perform(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_perform *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_CALL:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_call(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_call *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_GETDIAG:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_getdiag(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_getdiag *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_IF:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_if(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_if *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_CASE:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_case(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_case *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_LOOP:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_loop(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_loop *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_WHILE:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_while(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_while *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_FORI:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_fori(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_fori *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_FORS:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_fors(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_fors *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_FORC:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_forc(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forc *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_FOREACH_A:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_foreach_a(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_foreach_a *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_EXIT:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_exit(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_exit *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_return(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_return *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN_NEXT:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_return_next(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_return_next *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN_QUERY:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_return_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_return_query *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_RAISE:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_raise(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_raise *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_ASSERT:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_assert(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_assert *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_execsql(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_DYNEXECUTE:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_dynexecute(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_dynexecute *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_DYNFORS:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_dynfors(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_dynfors *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_OPEN:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_open(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_open *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_FETCH:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_fetch(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_fetch *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_CLOSE:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_close(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_close *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_COMMIT:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_commit(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_commit *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_ROLLBACK:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_rollback(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_rollback *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_STMT_SET:
|
|
rc = exec_stmt_set(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_set *) stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
estate->err_stmt = save_estmt;
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized cmd_type: %d", stmt->cmd_type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Let the plugin know that we have finished executing this statement */
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_end)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_end) (estate, stmt);
|
|
|
|
estate->err_stmt = save_estmt;
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_assign Evaluate an expression and
|
|
* put the result into a variable.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_assign(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_assign *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(stmt->varno >= 0);
|
|
|
|
exec_assign_expr(estate, estate->datums[stmt->varno], stmt->expr);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_perform Evaluate query and discard result (but set
|
|
* FOUND depending on whether at least one row
|
|
* was returned).
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_perform(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_perform *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->expr;
|
|
|
|
(void) exec_run_select(estate, expr, 0, NULL);
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, (estate->eval_processed != 0));
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_stmt_call
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_call(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_call *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->expr;
|
|
volatile LocalTransactionId before_lxid;
|
|
LocalTransactionId after_lxid;
|
|
volatile bool pushed_active_snap = false;
|
|
volatile int rc;
|
|
|
|
/* PG_TRY to ensure we clear the plan link, if needed, on failure */
|
|
PG_TRY();
|
|
{
|
|
SPIPlanPtr plan = expr->plan;
|
|
ParamListInfo paramLI;
|
|
|
|
if (plan == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't save the plan if not in atomic context. Otherwise,
|
|
* transaction ends would cause errors about plancache leaks.
|
|
*
|
|
* XXX This would be fixable with some plancache/resowner surgery
|
|
* elsewhere, but for now we'll just work around this here.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, 0, estate->atomic);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The procedure call could end transactions, which would upset
|
|
* the snapshot management in SPI_execute*, so don't let it do it.
|
|
* Instead, we set the snapshots ourselves below.
|
|
*/
|
|
plan = expr->plan;
|
|
plan->no_snapshots = true;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Force target to be recalculated whenever the plan changes, in
|
|
* case the procedure's argument list has changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
stmt->target = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We construct a DTYPE_ROW datum representing the plpgsql variables
|
|
* associated with the procedure's output arguments. Then we can use
|
|
* exec_move_row() to do the assignments.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->is_call && stmt->target == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *node;
|
|
FuncExpr *funcexpr;
|
|
HeapTuple func_tuple;
|
|
List *funcargs;
|
|
Oid *argtypes;
|
|
char **argnames;
|
|
char *argmodes;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row;
|
|
int nfields;
|
|
int i;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the parsed CallStmt, and look up the called procedure
|
|
*/
|
|
node = linitial_node(Query,
|
|
((CachedPlanSource *) linitial(plan->plancache_list))->query_list)->utilityStmt;
|
|
if (node == NULL || !IsA(node, CallStmt))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "query for CALL statement is not a CallStmt");
|
|
|
|
funcexpr = ((CallStmt *) node)->funcexpr;
|
|
|
|
func_tuple = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID,
|
|
ObjectIdGetDatum(funcexpr->funcid));
|
|
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(func_tuple))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u",
|
|
funcexpr->funcid);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Extract function arguments, and expand any named-arg notation
|
|
*/
|
|
funcargs = expand_function_arguments(funcexpr->args,
|
|
funcexpr->funcresulttype,
|
|
func_tuple);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the argument names and modes, too
|
|
*/
|
|
get_func_arg_info(func_tuple, &argtypes, &argnames, &argmodes);
|
|
|
|
ReleaseSysCache(func_tuple);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Begin constructing row Datum
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->func->fn_cxt);
|
|
|
|
row = (PLpgSQL_row *) palloc0(sizeof(PLpgSQL_row));
|
|
row->dtype = PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW;
|
|
row->refname = "(unnamed row)";
|
|
row->lineno = -1;
|
|
row->varnos = (int *) palloc(sizeof(int) * list_length(funcargs));
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Examine procedure's argument list. Each output arg position
|
|
* should be an unadorned plpgsql variable (Datum), which we can
|
|
* insert into the row Datum.
|
|
*/
|
|
nfields = 0;
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
foreach(lc, funcargs)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *n = lfirst(lc);
|
|
|
|
if (argmodes &&
|
|
(argmodes[i] == PROARGMODE_INOUT ||
|
|
argmodes[i] == PROARGMODE_OUT))
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsA(n, Param))
|
|
{
|
|
Param *param = (Param *) n;
|
|
|
|
/* paramid is offset by 1 (see make_datum_param()) */
|
|
row->varnos[nfields++] = param->paramid - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* report error using parameter name, if available */
|
|
if (argnames && argnames[i] && argnames[i][0])
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("procedure parameter \"%s\" is an output parameter but corresponding argument is not writable",
|
|
argnames[i])));
|
|
else
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("procedure parameter %d is an output parameter but corresponding argument is not writable",
|
|
i + 1)));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
i++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
row->nfields = nfields;
|
|
|
|
stmt->target = (PLpgSQL_variable *) row;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
|
|
|
|
before_lxid = MyProc->lxid;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set snapshot only for non-read-only procedures, similar to SPI
|
|
* behavior.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!estate->readonly_func)
|
|
{
|
|
PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
|
|
pushed_active_snap = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rc = SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(expr->plan, paramLI,
|
|
estate->readonly_func, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
PG_CATCH();
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we aren't saving the plan, unset the pointer. Note that it
|
|
* could have been unset already, in case of a recursive call.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->plan && !expr->plan->saved)
|
|
expr->plan = NULL;
|
|
PG_RE_THROW();
|
|
}
|
|
PG_END_TRY();
|
|
|
|
if (expr->plan && !expr->plan->saved)
|
|
expr->plan = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (rc < 0)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
|
|
expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(rc));
|
|
|
|
after_lxid = MyProc->lxid;
|
|
|
|
if (before_lxid == after_lxid)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are still in the same transaction after the call, pop the
|
|
* snapshot that we might have pushed. (If it's a new transaction,
|
|
* then all the snapshots are gone already.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pushed_active_snap)
|
|
PopActiveSnapshot();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are in a new transaction after the call, we need to reset
|
|
* some internal state.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->simple_eval_estate = NULL;
|
|
plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check result rowcount; if there's one row, assign procedure's output
|
|
* values back to the appropriate variables.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (SPI_processed == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
SPITupleTable *tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
|
|
|
|
if (!stmt->target)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "DO statement returned a row");
|
|
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, stmt->target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (SPI_processed > 1)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "procedure call returned more than one row");
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_getdiag Put internal PG information into
|
|
* specified variables.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_getdiag(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_getdiag *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS is only valid inside an exception handler.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: we trust the grammar to have disallowed the relevant item kinds
|
|
* if not is_stacked, otherwise we'd dump core below.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->is_stacked && estate->cur_error == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_STACKED_DIAGNOSTICS_ACCESSED_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER),
|
|
errmsg("GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS cannot be used outside an exception handler")));
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, stmt->diag_items)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_diag_item *diag_item = (PLpgSQL_diag_item *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *var = estate->datums[diag_item->target];
|
|
|
|
switch (diag_item->kind)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ROW_COUNT:
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate, var,
|
|
UInt64GetDatum(estate->eval_processed),
|
|
false, INT8OID, -1);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_CONTEXT:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->context);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_DETAIL:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->detail);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_HINT:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->hint);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_RETURNED_SQLSTATE:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
unpack_sql_state(estate->cur_error->sqlerrcode));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_COLUMN_NAME:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->column_name);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->constraint_name);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_DATATYPE_NAME:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->datatype_name);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_MESSAGE_TEXT:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->message);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_TABLE_NAME:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->table_name);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_SCHEMA_NAME:
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
|
|
estate->cur_error->schema_name);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_CONTEXT:
|
|
{
|
|
char *contextstackstr;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived string */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
contextstackstr = GetErrorContextStack();
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(estate, var, contextstackstr);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized diagnostic item kind: %d",
|
|
diag_item->kind);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_if Evaluate a bool expression and
|
|
* execute the true or false body
|
|
* conditionally.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_if(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_if *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
bool value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
if (!isnull && value)
|
|
return exec_stmts(estate, stmt->then_body);
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, stmt->elsif_list)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_if_elsif *elif = (PLpgSQL_if_elsif *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
|
|
value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, elif->cond, &isnull);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
if (!isnull && value)
|
|
return exec_stmts(estate, elif->stmts);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return exec_stmts(estate, stmt->else_body);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*-----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_case
|
|
*-----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_case(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_case *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *t_var = NULL;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->t_expr != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* simple case */
|
|
Datum t_val;
|
|
Oid t_typoid;
|
|
int32 t_typmod;
|
|
|
|
t_val = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->t_expr,
|
|
&isnull, &t_typoid, &t_typmod);
|
|
|
|
t_var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[stmt->t_varno];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When expected datatype is different from real, change it. Note that
|
|
* what we're modifying here is an execution copy of the datum, so
|
|
* this doesn't affect the originally stored function parse tree. (In
|
|
* theory, if the expression datatype keeps changing during execution,
|
|
* this could cause a function-lifespan memory leak. Doesn't seem
|
|
* worth worrying about though.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (t_var->datatype->typoid != t_typoid ||
|
|
t_var->datatype->atttypmod != t_typmod)
|
|
t_var->datatype = plpgsql_build_datatype(t_typoid,
|
|
t_typmod,
|
|
estate->func->fn_input_collation,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can assign to the variable */
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate,
|
|
(PLpgSQL_datum *) t_var,
|
|
t_val,
|
|
isnull,
|
|
t_typoid,
|
|
t_typmod);
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Now search for a successful WHEN clause */
|
|
foreach(l, stmt->case_when_list)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_case_when *cwt = (PLpgSQL_case_when *) lfirst(l);
|
|
bool value;
|
|
|
|
value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, cwt->expr, &isnull);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
if (!isnull && value)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Found it */
|
|
|
|
/* We can now discard any value we had for the temp variable */
|
|
if (t_var != NULL)
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, t_var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
|
|
|
|
/* Evaluate the statement(s), and we're done */
|
|
return exec_stmts(estate, cwt->stmts);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We can now discard any value we had for the temp variable */
|
|
if (t_var != NULL)
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, t_var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
|
|
|
|
/* SQL2003 mandates this error if there was no ELSE clause */
|
|
if (!stmt->have_else)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CASE_NOT_FOUND),
|
|
errmsg("case not found"),
|
|
errhint("CASE statement is missing ELSE part.")));
|
|
|
|
/* Evaluate the ELSE statements, and we're done */
|
|
return exec_stmts(estate, stmt->else_stmts);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_loop Loop over statements until
|
|
* an exit occurs.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_loop(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_loop *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
int rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
|
|
|
|
LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_while Loop over statements as long
|
|
* as an expression evaluates to
|
|
* true or an exit occurs.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_while(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_while *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
int rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
bool value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
|
|
value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
if (isnull || !value)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
|
|
|
|
LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_fori Iterate an integer variable
|
|
* from a lower to an upper value
|
|
* incrementing or decrementing by the BY value
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_fori(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_fori *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var;
|
|
Datum value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
Oid valtype;
|
|
int32 valtypmod;
|
|
int32 loop_value;
|
|
int32 end_value;
|
|
int32 step_value;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
int rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
|
|
var = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->var->dno]);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the value of the lower bound
|
|
*/
|
|
value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->lower,
|
|
&isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
|
|
value = exec_cast_value(estate, value, &isnull,
|
|
valtype, valtypmod,
|
|
var->datatype->typoid,
|
|
var->datatype->atttypmod);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("lower bound of FOR loop cannot be null")));
|
|
loop_value = DatumGetInt32(value);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the value of the upper bound
|
|
*/
|
|
value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->upper,
|
|
&isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
|
|
value = exec_cast_value(estate, value, &isnull,
|
|
valtype, valtypmod,
|
|
var->datatype->typoid,
|
|
var->datatype->atttypmod);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("upper bound of FOR loop cannot be null")));
|
|
end_value = DatumGetInt32(value);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the step value
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->step)
|
|
{
|
|
value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->step,
|
|
&isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
|
|
value = exec_cast_value(estate, value, &isnull,
|
|
valtype, valtypmod,
|
|
var->datatype->typoid,
|
|
var->datatype->atttypmod);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("BY value of FOR loop cannot be null")));
|
|
step_value = DatumGetInt32(value);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
if (step_value <= 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("BY value of FOR loop must be greater than zero")));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
step_value = 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now do the loop
|
|
*/
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check against upper bound
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->reverse)
|
|
{
|
|
if (loop_value < end_value)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (loop_value > end_value)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
found = true; /* looped at least once */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assign current value to loop var
|
|
*/
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var, Int32GetDatum(loop_value), false, false);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the statements
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
|
|
|
|
LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Increase/decrease loop value, unless it would overflow, in which
|
|
* case exit the loop.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->reverse)
|
|
{
|
|
if (loop_value < (PG_INT32_MIN + step_value))
|
|
break;
|
|
loop_value -= step_value;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (loop_value > (PG_INT32_MAX - step_value))
|
|
break;
|
|
loop_value += step_value;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the FOUND variable to indicate the result of executing the loop
|
|
* (namely, whether we looped one or more times). This must be set here so
|
|
* that it does not interfere with the value of the FOUND variable inside
|
|
* the loop processing itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, found);
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_fors Execute a query, assign each
|
|
* tuple to a record or row and
|
|
* execute a group of statements
|
|
* for it.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_fors(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_fors *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open the implicit cursor for the statement using exec_run_select
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_run_select(estate, stmt->query, 0, &portal);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the loop
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = exec_for_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *) stmt, portal, true);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close the implicit cursor
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_cursor_close(portal);
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_forc Execute a loop for each row from a cursor.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_forc(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_forc *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = NULL;
|
|
char *curname = NULL;
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *query;
|
|
ParamListInfo paramLI;
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Get the cursor variable and if it has an assigned name, check
|
|
* that it's not in use currently.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
|
|
if (!curvar->isnull)
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* We only need stmt_mcontext to hold the cursor name string */
|
|
stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
if (SPI_cursor_find(curname) != NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_CURSOR),
|
|
errmsg("cursor \"%s\" already in use", curname)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Open the cursor just like an OPEN command
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: parser should already have checked that statement supplies
|
|
* args iff cursor needs them, but we check again to be safe.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->argquery != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* OPEN CURSOR with args. We fake a SELECT ... INTO ...
|
|
* statement to evaluate the args and put 'em into the
|
|
* internal row.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql set_args;
|
|
|
|
if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow < 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("arguments given for cursor without arguments")));
|
|
|
|
memset(&set_args, 0, sizeof(set_args));
|
|
set_args.cmd_type = PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL;
|
|
set_args.lineno = stmt->lineno;
|
|
set_args.sqlstmt = stmt->argquery;
|
|
set_args.into = true;
|
|
/* XXX historically this has not been STRICT */
|
|
set_args.target = (PLpgSQL_variable *)
|
|
(estate->datums[curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow]);
|
|
|
|
if (exec_stmt_execsql(estate, &set_args) != PLPGSQL_RC_OK)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "open cursor failed during argument processing");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow >= 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("arguments required for cursor")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
query = curvar->cursor_explicit_expr;
|
|
Assert(query);
|
|
|
|
if (query->plan == NULL)
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, query, curvar->cursor_options, true);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up ParamListInfo for this query
|
|
*/
|
|
paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, query);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open the cursor (the paramlist will get copied into the portal)
|
|
*/
|
|
portal = SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(curname, query->plan,
|
|
paramLI,
|
|
estate->readonly_func);
|
|
if (portal == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not open cursor: %s",
|
|
SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If cursor variable was NULL, store the generated portal name in it
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curname == NULL)
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, curvar, portal->name);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clean up before entering exec_for_query
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
if (stmt_mcontext)
|
|
MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the loop. We can't prefetch because the cursor is accessible
|
|
* to the user, for instance via UPDATE WHERE CURRENT OF within the loop.
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = exec_for_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *) stmt, portal, false);
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Close portal, and restore cursor variable if it was initially NULL.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_cursor_close(portal);
|
|
|
|
if (curname == NULL)
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, curvar, (Datum) 0, true, false);
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_foreach_a Loop over elements or slices of an array
|
|
*
|
|
* When looping over elements, the loop variable is the same type that the
|
|
* array stores (eg: integer), when looping through slices, the loop variable
|
|
* is an array of size and dimensions to match the size of the slice.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_foreach_a(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_foreach_a *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *arr;
|
|
Oid arrtype;
|
|
int32 arrtypmod;
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *loop_var;
|
|
Oid loop_var_elem_type;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
int rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
ArrayIterator array_iterator;
|
|
Oid iterator_result_type;
|
|
int32 iterator_result_typmod;
|
|
Datum value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
|
|
/* get the value of the array expression */
|
|
value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->expr, &isnull, &arrtype, &arrtypmod);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("FOREACH expression must not be null")));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do as much as possible of the code below in stmt_mcontext, to avoid any
|
|
* leaks from called subroutines. We need a private stmt_mcontext since
|
|
* we'll be calling arbitrary statement code.
|
|
*/
|
|
stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
push_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* check the type of the expression - must be an array */
|
|
if (!OidIsValid(get_element_type(arrtype)))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("FOREACH expression must yield an array, not type %s",
|
|
format_type_be(arrtype))));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We must copy the array into stmt_mcontext, else it will disappear in
|
|
* exec_eval_cleanup. This is annoying, but cleanup will certainly happen
|
|
* while running the loop body, so we have little choice.
|
|
*/
|
|
arr = DatumGetArrayTypePCopy(value);
|
|
|
|
/* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
/* Slice dimension must be less than or equal to array dimension */
|
|
if (stmt->slice < 0 || stmt->slice > ARR_NDIM(arr))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("slice dimension (%d) is out of the valid range 0..%d",
|
|
stmt->slice, ARR_NDIM(arr))));
|
|
|
|
/* Set up the loop variable and see if it is of an array type */
|
|
loop_var = estate->datums[stmt->varno];
|
|
if (loop_var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC ||
|
|
loop_var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Record/row variable is certainly not of array type, and might not
|
|
* be initialized at all yet, so don't try to get its type
|
|
*/
|
|
loop_var_elem_type = InvalidOid;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
loop_var_elem_type = get_element_type(plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type(estate,
|
|
loop_var));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Sanity-check the loop variable type. We don't try very hard here, and
|
|
* should not be too picky since it's possible that exec_assign_value can
|
|
* coerce values of different types. But it seems worthwhile to complain
|
|
* if the array-ness of the loop variable is not right.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->slice > 0 && loop_var_elem_type == InvalidOid)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("FOREACH ... SLICE loop variable must be of an array type")));
|
|
if (stmt->slice == 0 && loop_var_elem_type != InvalidOid)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("FOREACH loop variable must not be of an array type")));
|
|
|
|
/* Create an iterator to step through the array */
|
|
array_iterator = array_create_iterator(arr, stmt->slice, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* Identify iterator result type */
|
|
if (stmt->slice > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When slicing, nominal type of result is same as array type */
|
|
iterator_result_type = arrtype;
|
|
iterator_result_typmod = arrtypmod;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Without slicing, results are individual array elements */
|
|
iterator_result_type = ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr);
|
|
iterator_result_typmod = arrtypmod;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Iterate over the array elements or slices */
|
|
while (array_iterate(array_iterator, &value, &isnull))
|
|
{
|
|
found = true; /* looped at least once */
|
|
|
|
/* exec_assign_value and exec_stmts must run in the main context */
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* Assign current element/slice to the loop variable */
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate, loop_var, value, isnull,
|
|
iterator_result_type, iterator_result_typmod);
|
|
|
|
/* In slice case, value is temporary; must free it to avoid leakage */
|
|
if (stmt->slice > 0)
|
|
pfree(DatumGetPointer(value));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the statements
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
|
|
|
|
LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Restore memory context state */
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
pop_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
|
|
/* Release temporary memory, including the array value */
|
|
MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the FOUND variable to indicate the result of executing the loop
|
|
* (namely, whether we looped one or more times). This must be set here so
|
|
* that it does not interfere with the value of the FOUND variable inside
|
|
* the loop processing itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, found);
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_exit Implements EXIT and CONTINUE
|
|
*
|
|
* This begins the process of exiting / restarting a loop.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_exit(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_exit *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the exit / continue has a condition, evaluate it
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->cond != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
bool value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
|
|
value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
if (isnull || value == false)
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate->exitlabel = stmt->label;
|
|
if (stmt->is_exit)
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
|
|
else
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_CONTINUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_return Evaluate an expression and start
|
|
* returning from the function.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: The result may be in the eval_mcontext. Therefore, we must not
|
|
* do exec_eval_cleanup while unwinding the control stack.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_return(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_return *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If processing a set-returning PL/pgSQL function, the final RETURN
|
|
* indicates that the function is finished producing tuples. The rest of
|
|
* the work will be done at the top level.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->retisset)
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
|
|
|
|
/* initialize for null result */
|
|
estate->retval = (Datum) 0;
|
|
estate->retisnull = true;
|
|
estate->rettype = InvalidOid;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special case path when the RETURN expression is a simple variable
|
|
* reference; in particular, this path is always taken in functions with
|
|
* one or more OUT parameters.
|
|
*
|
|
* This special case is especially efficient for returning variables that
|
|
* have R/W expanded values: we can put the R/W pointer directly into
|
|
* estate->retval, leading to transferring the value to the caller's
|
|
* context cheaply. If we went through exec_eval_expr we'd end up with a
|
|
* R/O pointer. It's okay to skip MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly here since
|
|
* we know we won't need the variable's value within the function anymore.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->retvarno >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *retvar = estate->datums[stmt->retvarno];
|
|
|
|
switch (retvar->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
/* fulfill promise if needed, then handle like regular var */
|
|
plpgsql_fulfill_promise(estate, (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar);
|
|
|
|
/* FALL THRU */
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar;
|
|
|
|
estate->retval = var->value;
|
|
estate->retisnull = var->isnull;
|
|
estate->rettype = var->datatype->typoid;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A PLpgSQL_var could not be of composite type, so
|
|
* conversion must fail if retistuple. We throw a custom
|
|
* error mainly for consistency with historical behavior.
|
|
* For the same reason, we don't throw error if the result
|
|
* is NULL. (Note that plpgsql_exec_trigger assumes that
|
|
* any non-null result has been verified to be composite.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->retistuple && !estate->retisnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("cannot return non-composite value from function returning composite type")));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) retvar;
|
|
|
|
/* If record is empty, we return NULL not a row of nulls */
|
|
if (rec->erh && !ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(rec->erh))
|
|
{
|
|
estate->retval = ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh);
|
|
estate->retisnull = false;
|
|
estate->rettype = rec->rectypeid;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) retvar;
|
|
int32 rettypmod;
|
|
|
|
/* We get here if there are multiple OUT parameters */
|
|
exec_eval_datum(estate,
|
|
(PLpgSQL_datum *) row,
|
|
&estate->rettype,
|
|
&rettypmod,
|
|
&estate->retval,
|
|
&estate->retisnull);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", retvar->dtype);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->expr != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
int32 rettypmod;
|
|
|
|
estate->retval = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->expr,
|
|
&(estate->retisnull),
|
|
&(estate->rettype),
|
|
&rettypmod);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* As in the DTYPE_VAR case above, throw a custom error if a non-null,
|
|
* non-composite value is returned in a function returning tuple.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->retistuple && !estate->retisnull &&
|
|
!type_is_rowtype(estate->rettype))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("cannot return non-composite value from function returning composite type")));
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special hack for function returning VOID: instead of NULL, return a
|
|
* non-null VOID value. This is of dubious importance but is kept for
|
|
* backwards compatibility. We don't do it for procedures, though.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->fn_rettype == VOIDOID &&
|
|
estate->func->fn_prokind != PROKIND_PROCEDURE)
|
|
{
|
|
estate->retval = (Datum) 0;
|
|
estate->retisnull = false;
|
|
estate->rettype = VOIDOID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_return_next Evaluate an expression and add it to the
|
|
* list of tuples returned by the current
|
|
* SRF.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_return_next(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_return_next *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
int natts;
|
|
HeapTuple tuple;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
if (!estate->retisset)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("cannot use RETURN NEXT in a non-SETOF function")));
|
|
|
|
if (estate->tuple_store == NULL)
|
|
exec_init_tuple_store(estate);
|
|
|
|
/* tuple_store_desc will be filled by exec_init_tuple_store */
|
|
tupdesc = estate->tuple_store_desc;
|
|
natts = tupdesc->natts;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special case path when the RETURN NEXT expression is a simple variable
|
|
* reference; in particular, this path is always taken in functions with
|
|
* one or more OUT parameters.
|
|
*
|
|
* Unlike exec_stmt_return, there's no special win here for R/W expanded
|
|
* values, since they'll have to get flattened to go into the tuplestore.
|
|
* Indeed, we'd better make them R/O to avoid any risk of the casting step
|
|
* changing them in-place.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->retvarno >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *retvar = estate->datums[stmt->retvarno];
|
|
|
|
switch (retvar->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
/* fulfill promise if needed, then handle like regular var */
|
|
plpgsql_fulfill_promise(estate, (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar);
|
|
|
|
/* FALL THRU */
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar;
|
|
Datum retval = var->value;
|
|
bool isNull = var->isnull;
|
|
Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (natts != 1)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("wrong result type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
|
|
|
|
/* let's be very paranoid about the cast step */
|
|
retval = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(retval,
|
|
isNull,
|
|
var->datatype->typlen);
|
|
|
|
/* coerce type if needed */
|
|
retval = exec_cast_value(estate,
|
|
retval,
|
|
&isNull,
|
|
var->datatype->typoid,
|
|
var->datatype->atttypmod,
|
|
attr->atttypid,
|
|
attr->atttypmod);
|
|
|
|
tuplestore_putvalues(estate->tuple_store, tupdesc,
|
|
&retval, &isNull);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) retvar;
|
|
TupleDesc rec_tupdesc;
|
|
TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
|
|
|
|
/* If rec is null, try to convert it to a row of nulls */
|
|
if (rec->erh == NULL)
|
|
instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
|
|
if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(rec->erh))
|
|
deconstruct_expanded_record(rec->erh);
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for tuple conversion work */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
rec_tupdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(rec->erh);
|
|
tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(rec_tupdesc,
|
|
tupdesc,
|
|
gettext_noop("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT"));
|
|
tuple = expanded_record_get_tuple(rec->erh);
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
tuple = execute_attr_map_tuple(tuple, tupmap);
|
|
tuplestore_puttuple(estate->tuple_store, tuple);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) retvar;
|
|
|
|
/* We get here if there are multiple OUT parameters */
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for tuple conversion work */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
tuple = make_tuple_from_row(estate, row, tupdesc);
|
|
if (tuple == NULL) /* should not happen */
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
|
|
tuplestore_puttuple(estate->tuple_store, tuple);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", retvar->dtype);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stmt->expr)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum retval;
|
|
bool isNull;
|
|
Oid rettype;
|
|
int32 rettypmod;
|
|
|
|
retval = exec_eval_expr(estate,
|
|
stmt->expr,
|
|
&isNull,
|
|
&rettype,
|
|
&rettypmod);
|
|
|
|
if (estate->retistuple)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Expression should be of RECORD or composite type */
|
|
if (!isNull)
|
|
{
|
|
HeapTupleData tmptup;
|
|
TupleDesc retvaldesc;
|
|
TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
|
|
|
|
if (!type_is_rowtype(rettype))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("cannot return non-composite value from function returning composite type")));
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for tuple conversion work */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
retvaldesc = deconstruct_composite_datum(retval, &tmptup);
|
|
tuple = &tmptup;
|
|
tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retvaldesc, tupdesc,
|
|
gettext_noop("returned record type does not match expected record type"));
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
tuple = execute_attr_map_tuple(tuple, tupmap);
|
|
tuplestore_puttuple(estate->tuple_store, tuple);
|
|
ReleaseTupleDesc(retvaldesc);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Composite NULL --- store a row of nulls */
|
|
Datum *nulldatums;
|
|
bool *nullflags;
|
|
|
|
nulldatums = (Datum *)
|
|
eval_mcontext_alloc0(estate, natts * sizeof(Datum));
|
|
nullflags = (bool *)
|
|
eval_mcontext_alloc(estate, natts * sizeof(bool));
|
|
memset(nullflags, true, natts * sizeof(bool));
|
|
tuplestore_putvalues(estate->tuple_store, tupdesc,
|
|
nulldatums, nullflags);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Simple scalar result */
|
|
if (natts != 1)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("wrong result type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
|
|
|
|
/* coerce type if needed */
|
|
retval = exec_cast_value(estate,
|
|
retval,
|
|
&isNull,
|
|
rettype,
|
|
rettypmod,
|
|
attr->atttypid,
|
|
attr->atttypmod);
|
|
|
|
tuplestore_putvalues(estate->tuple_store, tupdesc,
|
|
&retval, &isNull);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("RETURN NEXT must have a parameter")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_return_query Evaluate a query and add it to the
|
|
* list of tuples returned by the current
|
|
* SRF.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_return_query(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_return_query *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
uint64 processed = 0;
|
|
TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
if (!estate->retisset)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("cannot use RETURN QUERY in a non-SETOF function")));
|
|
|
|
if (estate->tuple_store == NULL)
|
|
exec_init_tuple_store(estate);
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->query != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* static query */
|
|
exec_run_select(estate, stmt->query, 0, &portal);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* RETURN QUERY EXECUTE */
|
|
Assert(stmt->dynquery != NULL);
|
|
portal = exec_dynquery_with_params(estate, stmt->dynquery,
|
|
stmt->params, NULL,
|
|
0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for tuple conversion work */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
|
|
tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(portal->tupDesc,
|
|
estate->tuple_store_desc,
|
|
gettext_noop("structure of query does not match function result type"));
|
|
|
|
while (true)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64 i;
|
|
|
|
SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, 50);
|
|
|
|
/* SPI will have changed CurrentMemoryContext */
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
|
|
if (SPI_processed == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < SPI_processed; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
HeapTuple tuple = SPI_tuptable->vals[i];
|
|
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
tuple = execute_attr_map_tuple(tuple, tupmap);
|
|
tuplestore_puttuple(estate->tuple_store, tuple);
|
|
if (tupmap)
|
|
heap_freetuple(tuple);
|
|
processed++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
|
|
SPI_cursor_close(portal);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
estate->eval_processed = processed;
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, processed != 0);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_init_tuple_store(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)
|
|
{
|
|
ReturnSetInfo *rsi = estate->rsi;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcxt;
|
|
ResourceOwner oldowner;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check caller can handle a set result in the way we want
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!rsi || !IsA(rsi, ReturnSetInfo) ||
|
|
(rsi->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize) == 0 ||
|
|
rsi->expectedDesc == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set")));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Switch to the right memory context and resource owner for storing the
|
|
* tuplestore for return set. If we're within a subtransaction opened for
|
|
* an exception-block, for example, we must still create the tuplestore in
|
|
* the resource owner that was active when this function was entered, and
|
|
* not in the subtransaction resource owner.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->tuple_store_cxt);
|
|
oldowner = CurrentResourceOwner;
|
|
CurrentResourceOwner = estate->tuple_store_owner;
|
|
|
|
estate->tuple_store =
|
|
tuplestore_begin_heap(rsi->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize_Random,
|
|
false, work_mem);
|
|
|
|
CurrentResourceOwner = oldowner;
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
|
|
|
|
estate->tuple_store_desc = rsi->expectedDesc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(opt, name) \
|
|
do { \
|
|
if (opt) \
|
|
ereport(ERROR, \
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), \
|
|
errmsg("RAISE option already specified: %s", \
|
|
name))); \
|
|
opt = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, extval); \
|
|
} while (0)
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_raise Build a message and throw it with elog()
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_raise(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_raise *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
int err_code = 0;
|
|
char *condname = NULL;
|
|
char *err_message = NULL;
|
|
char *err_detail = NULL;
|
|
char *err_hint = NULL;
|
|
char *err_column = NULL;
|
|
char *err_constraint = NULL;
|
|
char *err_datatype = NULL;
|
|
char *err_table = NULL;
|
|
char *err_schema = NULL;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
/* RAISE with no parameters: re-throw current exception */
|
|
if (stmt->condname == NULL && stmt->message == NULL &&
|
|
stmt->options == NIL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (estate->cur_error != NULL)
|
|
ReThrowError(estate->cur_error);
|
|
/* oops, we're not inside a handler */
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_STACKED_DIAGNOSTICS_ACCESSED_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER),
|
|
errmsg("RAISE without parameters cannot be used outside an exception handler")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We'll need to accumulate the various strings in stmt_mcontext */
|
|
stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->condname)
|
|
{
|
|
err_code = plpgsql_recognize_err_condition(stmt->condname, true);
|
|
condname = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, stmt->condname);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->message)
|
|
{
|
|
StringInfoData ds;
|
|
ListCell *current_param;
|
|
char *cp;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* build string in stmt_mcontext */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
initStringInfo(&ds);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
current_param = list_head(stmt->params);
|
|
|
|
for (cp = stmt->message; *cp; cp++)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Occurrences of a single % are replaced by the next parameter's
|
|
* external representation. Double %'s are converted to one %.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cp[0] == '%')
|
|
{
|
|
Oid paramtypeid;
|
|
int32 paramtypmod;
|
|
Datum paramvalue;
|
|
bool paramisnull;
|
|
char *extval;
|
|
|
|
if (cp[1] == '%')
|
|
{
|
|
appendStringInfoChar(&ds, '%');
|
|
cp++;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* should have been checked at compile time */
|
|
if (current_param == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unexpected RAISE parameter list length");
|
|
|
|
paramvalue = exec_eval_expr(estate,
|
|
(PLpgSQL_expr *) lfirst(current_param),
|
|
¶misnull,
|
|
¶mtypeid,
|
|
¶mtypmod);
|
|
|
|
if (paramisnull)
|
|
extval = "<NULL>";
|
|
else
|
|
extval = convert_value_to_string(estate,
|
|
paramvalue,
|
|
paramtypeid);
|
|
appendStringInfoString(&ds, extval);
|
|
current_param = lnext(stmt->params, current_param);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
appendStringInfoChar(&ds, cp[0]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* should have been checked at compile time */
|
|
if (current_param != NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unexpected RAISE parameter list length");
|
|
|
|
err_message = ds.data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
foreach(lc, stmt->options)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_raise_option *opt = (PLpgSQL_raise_option *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
Datum optionvalue;
|
|
bool optionisnull;
|
|
Oid optiontypeid;
|
|
int32 optiontypmod;
|
|
char *extval;
|
|
|
|
optionvalue = exec_eval_expr(estate, opt->expr,
|
|
&optionisnull,
|
|
&optiontypeid,
|
|
&optiontypmod);
|
|
if (optionisnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("RAISE statement option cannot be null")));
|
|
|
|
extval = convert_value_to_string(estate, optionvalue, optiontypeid);
|
|
|
|
switch (opt->opt_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_ERRCODE:
|
|
if (err_code)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("RAISE option already specified: %s",
|
|
"ERRCODE")));
|
|
err_code = plpgsql_recognize_err_condition(extval, true);
|
|
condname = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, extval);
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_MESSAGE:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_message, "MESSAGE");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_DETAIL:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_detail, "DETAIL");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_HINT:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_hint, "HINT");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_COLUMN:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_column, "COLUMN");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_CONSTRAINT:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_constraint, "CONSTRAINT");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_DATATYPE:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_datatype, "DATATYPE");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_TABLE:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_table, "TABLE");
|
|
break;
|
|
case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_SCHEMA:
|
|
SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_schema, "SCHEMA");
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized raise option: %d", opt->opt_type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Default code if nothing specified */
|
|
if (err_code == 0 && stmt->elog_level >= ERROR)
|
|
err_code = ERRCODE_RAISE_EXCEPTION;
|
|
|
|
/* Default error message if nothing specified */
|
|
if (err_message == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (condname)
|
|
{
|
|
err_message = condname;
|
|
condname = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
err_message = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext,
|
|
unpack_sql_state(err_code));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Throw the error (may or may not come back)
|
|
*/
|
|
ereport(stmt->elog_level,
|
|
(err_code ? errcode(err_code) : 0,
|
|
errmsg_internal("%s", err_message),
|
|
(err_detail != NULL) ? errdetail_internal("%s", err_detail) : 0,
|
|
(err_hint != NULL) ? errhint("%s", err_hint) : 0,
|
|
(err_column != NULL) ?
|
|
err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_COLUMN_NAME, err_column) : 0,
|
|
(err_constraint != NULL) ?
|
|
err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME, err_constraint) : 0,
|
|
(err_datatype != NULL) ?
|
|
err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_DATATYPE_NAME, err_datatype) : 0,
|
|
(err_table != NULL) ?
|
|
err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_TABLE_NAME, err_table) : 0,
|
|
(err_schema != NULL) ?
|
|
err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_SCHEMA_NAME, err_schema) : 0));
|
|
|
|
/* Clean up transient strings */
|
|
MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_assert Assert statement
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_assert(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_assert *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
bool value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
|
|
/* do nothing when asserts are not enabled */
|
|
if (!plpgsql_check_asserts)
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
|
|
value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
if (isnull || !value)
|
|
{
|
|
char *message = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (stmt->message != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum val;
|
|
Oid typeid;
|
|
int32 typmod;
|
|
|
|
val = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->message,
|
|
&isnull, &typeid, &typmod);
|
|
if (!isnull)
|
|
message = convert_value_to_string(estate, val, typeid);
|
|
/* we mustn't do exec_eval_cleanup here */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_ASSERT_FAILURE),
|
|
message ? errmsg_internal("%s", message) :
|
|
errmsg("assertion failed")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Initialize a mostly empty execution state
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_estate_setup(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_function *func,
|
|
ReturnSetInfo *rsi,
|
|
EState *simple_eval_estate)
|
|
{
|
|
HASHCTL ctl;
|
|
|
|
/* this link will be restored at exit from plpgsql_call_handler */
|
|
func->cur_estate = estate;
|
|
|
|
estate->func = func;
|
|
estate->trigdata = NULL;
|
|
estate->evtrigdata = NULL;
|
|
|
|
estate->retval = (Datum) 0;
|
|
estate->retisnull = true;
|
|
estate->rettype = InvalidOid;
|
|
|
|
estate->fn_rettype = func->fn_rettype;
|
|
estate->retistuple = func->fn_retistuple;
|
|
estate->retisset = func->fn_retset;
|
|
|
|
estate->readonly_func = func->fn_readonly;
|
|
estate->atomic = true;
|
|
|
|
estate->exitlabel = NULL;
|
|
estate->cur_error = NULL;
|
|
|
|
estate->tuple_store = NULL;
|
|
estate->tuple_store_desc = NULL;
|
|
if (rsi)
|
|
{
|
|
estate->tuple_store_cxt = rsi->econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory;
|
|
estate->tuple_store_owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
estate->tuple_store_cxt = NULL;
|
|
estate->tuple_store_owner = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
estate->rsi = rsi;
|
|
|
|
estate->found_varno = func->found_varno;
|
|
estate->ndatums = func->ndatums;
|
|
estate->datums = NULL;
|
|
/* the datums array will be filled by copy_plpgsql_datums() */
|
|
estate->datum_context = CurrentMemoryContext;
|
|
|
|
/* initialize our ParamListInfo with appropriate hook functions */
|
|
estate->paramLI = makeParamList(0);
|
|
estate->paramLI->paramFetch = plpgsql_param_fetch;
|
|
estate->paramLI->paramFetchArg = (void *) estate;
|
|
estate->paramLI->paramCompile = plpgsql_param_compile;
|
|
estate->paramLI->paramCompileArg = NULL; /* not needed */
|
|
estate->paramLI->parserSetup = (ParserSetupHook) plpgsql_parser_setup;
|
|
estate->paramLI->parserSetupArg = NULL; /* filled during use */
|
|
estate->paramLI->numParams = estate->ndatums;
|
|
|
|
/* set up for use of appropriate simple-expression EState and cast hash */
|
|
if (simple_eval_estate)
|
|
{
|
|
estate->simple_eval_estate = simple_eval_estate;
|
|
/* Private cast hash just lives in function's main context */
|
|
memset(&ctl, 0, sizeof(ctl));
|
|
ctl.keysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashKey);
|
|
ctl.entrysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashEntry);
|
|
ctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
|
|
estate->cast_hash = hash_create("PLpgSQL private cast cache",
|
|
16, /* start small and extend */
|
|
&ctl,
|
|
HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT);
|
|
estate->cast_hash_context = CurrentMemoryContext;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
estate->simple_eval_estate = shared_simple_eval_estate;
|
|
/* Create the session-wide cast-info hash table if we didn't already */
|
|
if (shared_cast_hash == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
shared_cast_context = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
|
|
"PLpgSQL cast info",
|
|
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
|
|
memset(&ctl, 0, sizeof(ctl));
|
|
ctl.keysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashKey);
|
|
ctl.entrysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashEntry);
|
|
ctl.hcxt = shared_cast_context;
|
|
shared_cast_hash = hash_create("PLpgSQL cast cache",
|
|
16, /* start small and extend */
|
|
&ctl,
|
|
HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT);
|
|
}
|
|
estate->cast_hash = shared_cast_hash;
|
|
estate->cast_hash_context = shared_cast_context;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We start with no stmt_mcontext; one will be created only if needed.
|
|
* That context will be a direct child of the function's main execution
|
|
* context. Additional stmt_mcontexts might be created as children of it.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext = NULL;
|
|
estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = CurrentMemoryContext;
|
|
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
|
|
estate->eval_processed = 0;
|
|
estate->eval_econtext = NULL;
|
|
|
|
estate->err_stmt = NULL;
|
|
estate->err_text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
estate->plugin_info = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create an EState and ExprContext for evaluation of simple expressions.
|
|
*/
|
|
plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let the plugin see this function before we initialize any local
|
|
* PL/pgSQL variables - note that we also give the plugin a few function
|
|
* pointers so it can call back into PL/pgSQL for doing things like
|
|
* variable assignments and stack traces
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
(*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->error_callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
|
|
(*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->assign_expr = exec_assign_expr;
|
|
|
|
if ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_setup)
|
|
((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_setup) (estate, func);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Release temporary memory used by expression/subselect evaluation
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: the result of the evaluation is no longer valid after this is done,
|
|
* unless it is a pass-by-value datatype.
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: if you change this code, see also the hacks in exec_assign_value's
|
|
* PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ARRAYELEM case for partial cleanup after subscript evals.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Clear result of a full SPI_execute */
|
|
if (estate->eval_tuptable != NULL)
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(estate->eval_tuptable);
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear result of exec_eval_simple_expr (but keep the econtext). This
|
|
* also clears any short-lived allocations done via get_eval_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->eval_econtext != NULL)
|
|
ResetExprContext(estate->eval_econtext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Generate a prepared plan
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr, int cursorOptions,
|
|
bool keepplan)
|
|
{
|
|
SPIPlanPtr plan;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The grammar can't conveniently set expr->func while building the parse
|
|
* tree, so make sure it's set before parser hooks need it.
|
|
*/
|
|
expr->func = estate->func;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generate and save the plan
|
|
*/
|
|
plan = SPI_prepare_params(expr->query,
|
|
(ParserSetupHook) plpgsql_parser_setup,
|
|
(void *) expr,
|
|
cursorOptions);
|
|
if (plan == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare_params failed for \"%s\": %s",
|
|
expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
|
|
if (keepplan)
|
|
SPI_keepplan(plan);
|
|
expr->plan = plan;
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see if it's a simple expression */
|
|
exec_simple_check_plan(estate, expr);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Mark expression as not using a read-write param. exec_assign_value has
|
|
* to take steps to override this if appropriate; that seems cleaner than
|
|
* adding parameters to all other callers.
|
|
*/
|
|
expr->rwparam = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_execsql Execute an SQL statement (possibly with INTO).
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: some callers rely on this not touching stmt_mcontext. If it ever
|
|
* needs to use that, fix those callers to push/pop stmt_mcontext.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_execsql(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo paramLI;
|
|
long tcount;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->sqlstmt;
|
|
int too_many_rows_level = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (plpgsql_extra_errors & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_TOOMANYROWS)
|
|
too_many_rows_level = ERROR;
|
|
else if (plpgsql_extra_warnings & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_TOOMANYROWS)
|
|
too_many_rows_level = WARNING;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* On the first call for this statement generate the plan, and detect
|
|
* whether the statement is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->plan == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
ListCell *l;
|
|
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK, true);
|
|
stmt->mod_stmt = false;
|
|
foreach(l, SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(expr->plan))
|
|
{
|
|
CachedPlanSource *plansource = (CachedPlanSource *) lfirst(l);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We could look at the raw_parse_tree, but it seems simpler to
|
|
* check the command tag. Note we should *not* look at the Query
|
|
* tree(s), since those are the result of rewriting and could have
|
|
* been transmogrified into something else entirely.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (plansource->commandTag &&
|
|
(strcmp(plansource->commandTag, "INSERT") == 0 ||
|
|
strcmp(plansource->commandTag, "UPDATE") == 0 ||
|
|
strcmp(plansource->commandTag, "DELETE") == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
stmt->mod_stmt = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up ParamListInfo to pass to executor
|
|
*/
|
|
paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have INTO, then we only need one row back ... but if we have INTO
|
|
* STRICT or extra check too_many_rows, ask for two rows, so that we can
|
|
* verify the statement returns only one. INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE are always
|
|
* treated strictly. Without INTO, just run the statement to completion
|
|
* (tcount = 0).
|
|
*
|
|
* We could just ask for two rows always when using INTO, but there are
|
|
* some cases where demanding the extra row costs significant time, eg by
|
|
* forcing completion of a sequential scan. So don't do it unless we need
|
|
* to enforce strictness.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->into)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stmt->strict || stmt->mod_stmt || too_many_rows_level)
|
|
tcount = 2;
|
|
else
|
|
tcount = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
tcount = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the plan
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(expr->plan, paramLI,
|
|
estate->readonly_func, tcount);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for error, and set FOUND if appropriate (for historical reasons
|
|
* we set FOUND only for certain query types). Also Assert that we
|
|
* identified the statement type the same as SPI did.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (rc)
|
|
{
|
|
case SPI_OK_SELECT:
|
|
Assert(!stmt->mod_stmt);
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, (SPI_processed != 0));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SPI_OK_INSERT:
|
|
case SPI_OK_UPDATE:
|
|
case SPI_OK_DELETE:
|
|
case SPI_OK_INSERT_RETURNING:
|
|
case SPI_OK_UPDATE_RETURNING:
|
|
case SPI_OK_DELETE_RETURNING:
|
|
Assert(stmt->mod_stmt);
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, (SPI_processed != 0));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SPI_OK_SELINTO:
|
|
case SPI_OK_UTILITY:
|
|
Assert(!stmt->mod_stmt);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SPI_OK_REWRITTEN:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The command was rewritten into another kind of command. It's
|
|
* not clear what FOUND would mean in that case (and SPI doesn't
|
|
* return the row count either), so just set it to false. Note
|
|
* that we can't assert anything about mod_stmt here.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Some SPI errors deserve specific error messages */
|
|
case SPI_ERROR_COPY:
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("cannot COPY to/from client in PL/pgSQL")));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SPI_ERROR_TRANSACTION:
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("unsupported transaction command in PL/pgSQL")));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
|
|
expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(rc));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* All variants should save result info for GET DIAGNOSTICS */
|
|
estate->eval_processed = SPI_processed;
|
|
|
|
/* Process INTO if present */
|
|
if (stmt->into)
|
|
{
|
|
SPITupleTable *tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
|
|
uint64 n = SPI_processed;
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target;
|
|
|
|
/* If the statement did not return a tuple table, complain */
|
|
if (tuptab == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("INTO used with a command that cannot return data")));
|
|
|
|
/* Fetch target's datum entry */
|
|
target = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->target->dno];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If SELECT ... INTO specified STRICT, and the query didn't find
|
|
* exactly one row, throw an error. If STRICT was not specified, then
|
|
* allow the query to find any number of rows.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stmt->strict)
|
|
{
|
|
char *errdetail;
|
|
|
|
if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
|
|
errdetail = format_expr_params(estate, expr);
|
|
else
|
|
errdetail = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND),
|
|
errmsg("query returned no rows"),
|
|
errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0));
|
|
}
|
|
/* set the target to NULL(s) */
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (n > 1 && (stmt->strict || stmt->mod_stmt || too_many_rows_level))
|
|
{
|
|
char *errdetail;
|
|
int errlevel;
|
|
|
|
if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
|
|
errdetail = format_expr_params(estate, expr);
|
|
else
|
|
errdetail = NULL;
|
|
|
|
errlevel = (stmt->strict || stmt->mod_stmt) ? ERROR : too_many_rows_level;
|
|
|
|
ereport(errlevel,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ROWS),
|
|
errmsg("query returned more than one row"),
|
|
errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0,
|
|
errhint("Make sure the query returns a single row, or use LIMIT 1.")));
|
|
}
|
|
/* Put the first result row into the target */
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Clean up */
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the statement returned a tuple table, complain */
|
|
if (SPI_tuptable != NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("query has no destination for result data"),
|
|
(rc == SPI_OK_SELECT) ? errhint("If you want to discard the results of a SELECT, use PERFORM instead.") : 0));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_dynexecute Execute a dynamic SQL query
|
|
* (possibly with INTO).
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_dynexecute(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_dynexecute *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum query;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
Oid restype;
|
|
int32 restypmod;
|
|
char *querystr;
|
|
int exec_res;
|
|
PreparedParamsData *ppd = NULL;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First we evaluate the string expression after the EXECUTE keyword. Its
|
|
* result is the querystring we have to execute.
|
|
*/
|
|
query = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->query, &isnull, &restype, &restypmod);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("query string argument of EXECUTE is null")));
|
|
|
|
/* Get the C-String representation */
|
|
querystr = convert_value_to_string(estate, query, restype);
|
|
|
|
/* copy it into the stmt_mcontext before we clean up */
|
|
querystr = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, querystr);
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the query without preparing a saved plan.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->params)
|
|
{
|
|
ppd = exec_eval_using_params(estate, stmt->params);
|
|
exec_res = SPI_execute_with_args(querystr,
|
|
ppd->nargs, ppd->types,
|
|
ppd->values, ppd->nulls,
|
|
estate->readonly_func, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
exec_res = SPI_execute(querystr, estate->readonly_func, 0);
|
|
|
|
switch (exec_res)
|
|
{
|
|
case SPI_OK_SELECT:
|
|
case SPI_OK_INSERT:
|
|
case SPI_OK_UPDATE:
|
|
case SPI_OK_DELETE:
|
|
case SPI_OK_INSERT_RETURNING:
|
|
case SPI_OK_UPDATE_RETURNING:
|
|
case SPI_OK_DELETE_RETURNING:
|
|
case SPI_OK_UTILITY:
|
|
case SPI_OK_REWRITTEN:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 0:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Also allow a zero return, which implies the querystring
|
|
* contained no commands.
|
|
*/
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SPI_OK_SELINTO:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We want to disallow SELECT INTO for now, because its behavior
|
|
* is not consistent with SELECT INTO in a normal plpgsql context.
|
|
* (We need to reimplement EXECUTE to parse the string as a
|
|
* plpgsql command, not just feed it to SPI_execute.) This is not
|
|
* a functional limitation because CREATE TABLE AS is allowed.
|
|
*/
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("EXECUTE of SELECT ... INTO is not implemented"),
|
|
errhint("You might want to use EXECUTE ... INTO or EXECUTE CREATE TABLE ... AS instead.")));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Some SPI errors deserve specific error messages */
|
|
case SPI_ERROR_COPY:
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("cannot COPY to/from client in PL/pgSQL")));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SPI_ERROR_TRANSACTION:
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("EXECUTE of transaction commands is not implemented")));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
|
|
querystr, SPI_result_code_string(exec_res));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Save result info for GET DIAGNOSTICS */
|
|
estate->eval_processed = SPI_processed;
|
|
|
|
/* Process INTO if present */
|
|
if (stmt->into)
|
|
{
|
|
SPITupleTable *tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
|
|
uint64 n = SPI_processed;
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target;
|
|
|
|
/* If the statement did not return a tuple table, complain */
|
|
if (tuptab == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("INTO used with a command that cannot return data")));
|
|
|
|
/* Fetch target's datum entry */
|
|
target = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->target->dno];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If SELECT ... INTO specified STRICT, and the query didn't find
|
|
* exactly one row, throw an error. If STRICT was not specified, then
|
|
* allow the query to find any number of rows.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stmt->strict)
|
|
{
|
|
char *errdetail;
|
|
|
|
if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
|
|
errdetail = format_preparedparamsdata(estate, ppd);
|
|
else
|
|
errdetail = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND),
|
|
errmsg("query returned no rows"),
|
|
errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0));
|
|
}
|
|
/* set the target to NULL(s) */
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (n > 1 && stmt->strict)
|
|
{
|
|
char *errdetail;
|
|
|
|
if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
|
|
errdetail = format_preparedparamsdata(estate, ppd);
|
|
else
|
|
errdetail = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ROWS),
|
|
errmsg("query returned more than one row"),
|
|
errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Put the first result row into the target */
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
/* clean up after exec_move_row() */
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* It might be a good idea to raise an error if the query returned
|
|
* tuples that are being ignored, but historically we have not done
|
|
* that.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Release any result from SPI_execute, as well as transient data */
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
|
|
MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_dynfors Execute a dynamic query, assign each
|
|
* tuple to a record or row and
|
|
* execute a group of statements
|
|
* for it.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_dynfors(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_dynfors *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
portal = exec_dynquery_with_params(estate, stmt->query, stmt->params,
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the loop
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = exec_for_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *) stmt, portal, true);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close the implicit cursor
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_cursor_close(portal);
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_open Execute an OPEN cursor statement
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_open(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_open *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = NULL;
|
|
char *curname = NULL;
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *query;
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
ParamListInfo paramLI;
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Get the cursor variable and if it has an assigned name, check
|
|
* that it's not in use currently.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
|
|
if (!curvar->isnull)
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* We only need stmt_mcontext to hold the cursor name string */
|
|
stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
if (SPI_cursor_find(curname) != NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_CURSOR),
|
|
errmsg("cursor \"%s\" already in use", curname)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Process the OPEN according to it's type.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->query != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* This is an OPEN refcursor FOR SELECT ...
|
|
*
|
|
* We just make sure the query is planned. The real work is
|
|
* done downstairs.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
query = stmt->query;
|
|
if (query->plan == NULL)
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, query, stmt->cursor_options, true);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stmt->dynquery != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* This is an OPEN refcursor FOR EXECUTE ...
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
portal = exec_dynquery_with_params(estate,
|
|
stmt->dynquery,
|
|
stmt->params,
|
|
curname,
|
|
stmt->cursor_options);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If cursor variable was NULL, store the generated portal name in it.
|
|
* Note: exec_dynquery_with_params already reset the stmt_mcontext, so
|
|
* curname is a dangling pointer here; but testing it for nullness is
|
|
* OK.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curname == NULL)
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, curvar, portal->name);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* This is an OPEN cursor
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: parser should already have checked that statement supplies
|
|
* args iff cursor needs them, but we check again to be safe.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stmt->argquery != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* OPEN CURSOR with args. We fake a SELECT ... INTO ...
|
|
* statement to evaluate the args and put 'em into the
|
|
* internal row.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql set_args;
|
|
|
|
if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow < 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("arguments given for cursor without arguments")));
|
|
|
|
memset(&set_args, 0, sizeof(set_args));
|
|
set_args.cmd_type = PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL;
|
|
set_args.lineno = stmt->lineno;
|
|
set_args.sqlstmt = stmt->argquery;
|
|
set_args.into = true;
|
|
/* XXX historically this has not been STRICT */
|
|
set_args.target = (PLpgSQL_variable *)
|
|
(estate->datums[curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow]);
|
|
|
|
if (exec_stmt_execsql(estate, &set_args) != PLPGSQL_RC_OK)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "open cursor failed during argument processing");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow >= 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("arguments required for cursor")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
query = curvar->cursor_explicit_expr;
|
|
if (query->plan == NULL)
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, query, curvar->cursor_options, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up ParamListInfo for this query
|
|
*/
|
|
paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, query);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open the cursor (the paramlist will get copied into the portal)
|
|
*/
|
|
portal = SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(curname, query->plan,
|
|
paramLI,
|
|
estate->readonly_func);
|
|
if (portal == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not open cursor: %s",
|
|
SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If cursor variable was NULL, store the generated portal name in it
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curname == NULL)
|
|
assign_text_var(estate, curvar, portal->name);
|
|
|
|
/* If we had any transient data, clean it up */
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
if (stmt_mcontext)
|
|
MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_fetch Fetch from a cursor into a target, or just
|
|
* move the current position of the cursor
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_fetch(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_fetch *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
|
|
long how_many = stmt->how_many;
|
|
SPITupleTable *tuptab;
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
char *curname;
|
|
uint64 n;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Get the portal of the cursor by name
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
|
|
if (curvar->isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is null", curvar->refname)));
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived string */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
portal = SPI_cursor_find(curname);
|
|
if (portal == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
|
|
errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate position for FETCH_RELATIVE or FETCH_ABSOLUTE */
|
|
if (stmt->expr)
|
|
{
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX should be doing this in LONG not INT width */
|
|
how_many = exec_eval_integer(estate, stmt->expr, &isnull);
|
|
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("relative or absolute cursor position is null")));
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!stmt->is_move)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target;
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Fetch 1 tuple from the cursor
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch(portal, stmt->direction, how_many);
|
|
tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
|
|
n = SPI_processed;
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Set the target appropriately.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
target = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->target->dno];
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
else
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(tuptab);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Move the cursor */
|
|
SPI_scroll_cursor_move(portal, stmt->direction, how_many);
|
|
n = SPI_processed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set the ROW_COUNT and the global FOUND variable appropriately. */
|
|
estate->eval_processed = n;
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, n != 0);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_stmt_close Close a cursor
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_close(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_close *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
char *curname;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Get the portal of the cursor by name
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
|
|
if (curvar->isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is null", curvar->refname)));
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived string */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
portal = SPI_cursor_find(curname);
|
|
if (portal == NULL)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
|
|
errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* And close it.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_cursor_close(portal);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_stmt_commit
|
|
*
|
|
* Commit the transaction.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_commit(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_commit *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stmt->chain)
|
|
SPI_commit_and_chain();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SPI_commit();
|
|
SPI_start_transaction();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate->simple_eval_estate = NULL;
|
|
plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_stmt_rollback
|
|
*
|
|
* Abort the transaction.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_rollback(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_rollback *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stmt->chain)
|
|
SPI_rollback_and_chain();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SPI_rollback();
|
|
SPI_start_transaction();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
estate->simple_eval_estate = NULL;
|
|
plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_stmt_set
|
|
*
|
|
* Execute SET/RESET statement.
|
|
*
|
|
* We just parse and execute the statement normally, but we have to do it
|
|
* without setting a snapshot, for things like SET TRANSACTION.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_stmt_set(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_set *stmt)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->expr;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
if (expr->plan == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, 0, true);
|
|
expr->plan->no_snapshots = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rc = SPI_execute_plan(expr->plan, NULL, NULL, estate->readonly_func, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != SPI_OK_UTILITY)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_plan failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
|
|
expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(rc));
|
|
|
|
return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_assign_expr Put an expression's result into a variable.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_assign_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_datum *target,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
Oid valtype;
|
|
int32 valtypmod;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If first time through, create a plan for this expression, and then see
|
|
* if we can pass the target variable as a read-write parameter to the
|
|
* expression. (This is a bit messy, but it seems cleaner than modifying
|
|
* the API of exec_eval_expr for the purpose.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->plan == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, 0, true);
|
|
if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR)
|
|
exec_check_rw_parameter(expr, target->dno);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
value = exec_eval_expr(estate, expr, &isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate, target, value, isnull, valtype, valtypmod);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_assign_c_string Put a C string into a text variable.
|
|
*
|
|
* We take a NULL pointer as signifying empty string, not SQL null.
|
|
*
|
|
* As with the underlying exec_assign_value, caller is expected to do
|
|
* exec_eval_cleanup later.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_assign_c_string(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_datum *target,
|
|
const char *str)
|
|
{
|
|
text *value;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived text value */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
if (str != NULL)
|
|
value = cstring_to_text(str);
|
|
else
|
|
value = cstring_to_text("");
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate, target, PointerGetDatum(value), false,
|
|
TEXTOID, -1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_assign_value Put a value into a target datum
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: in some code paths, this will leak memory in the eval_mcontext;
|
|
* we assume that will be cleaned up later by exec_eval_cleanup. We cannot
|
|
* call exec_eval_cleanup here for fear of destroying the input Datum value.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_assign_value(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *target,
|
|
Datum value, bool isNull,
|
|
Oid valtype, int32 valtypmod)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (target->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Target is a variable
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) target;
|
|
Datum newvalue;
|
|
|
|
newvalue = exec_cast_value(estate,
|
|
value,
|
|
&isNull,
|
|
valtype,
|
|
valtypmod,
|
|
var->datatype->typoid,
|
|
var->datatype->atttypmod);
|
|
|
|
if (isNull && var->notnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("null value cannot be assigned to variable \"%s\" declared NOT NULL",
|
|
var->refname)));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If type is by-reference, copy the new value (which is
|
|
* probably in the eval_mcontext) into the procedure's main
|
|
* memory context. But if it's a read/write reference to an
|
|
* expanded object, no physical copy needs to happen; at most
|
|
* we need to reparent the object's memory context.
|
|
*
|
|
* If it's an array, we force the value to be stored in R/W
|
|
* expanded form. This wins if the function later does, say,
|
|
* a lot of array subscripting operations on the variable, and
|
|
* otherwise might lose. We might need to use a different
|
|
* heuristic, but it's too soon to tell. Also, are there
|
|
* cases where it'd be useful to force non-array values into
|
|
* expanded form?
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!var->datatype->typbyval && !isNull)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var->datatype->typisarray &&
|
|
!VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(newvalue)))
|
|
{
|
|
/* array and not already R/W, so apply expand_array */
|
|
newvalue = expand_array(newvalue,
|
|
estate->datum_context,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* else transfer value if R/W, else just datumCopy */
|
|
newvalue = datumTransfer(newvalue,
|
|
false,
|
|
var->datatype->typlen);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now free the old value, if any, and assign the new one. But
|
|
* skip the assignment if old and new values are the same.
|
|
* Note that for expanded objects, this test is necessary and
|
|
* cannot reliably be made any earlier; we have to be looking
|
|
* at the object's standard R/W pointer to be sure pointer
|
|
* equality is meaningful.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also, if it's a promise variable, we should disarm the
|
|
* promise in any case --- otherwise, assigning null to an
|
|
* armed promise variable would fail to disarm the promise.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->value != newvalue || var->isnull || isNull)
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var, newvalue, isNull,
|
|
(!var->datatype->typbyval && !isNull));
|
|
else
|
|
var->promise = PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Target is a row variable
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) target;
|
|
|
|
if (isNull)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If source is null, just assign nulls to the row */
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) row,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Source must be of RECORD or composite type */
|
|
if (!type_is_rowtype(valtype))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("cannot assign non-composite value to a row variable")));
|
|
exec_move_row_from_datum(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) row,
|
|
value);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Target is a record variable
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
|
|
|
|
if (isNull)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rec->notnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("null value cannot be assigned to variable \"%s\" declared NOT NULL",
|
|
rec->refname)));
|
|
|
|
/* Set variable to a simple NULL */
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
|
|
NULL, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Source must be of RECORD or composite type */
|
|
if (!type_is_rowtype(valtype))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("cannot assign non-composite value to a record variable")));
|
|
exec_move_row_from_datum(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
|
|
value);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Target is a field of a record
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) target;
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh;
|
|
|
|
rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
|
|
erh = rec->erh;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
|
|
* named composite type, else complain. (This won't change
|
|
* the logical state of the record, but if we successfully
|
|
* assign below, the unassigned fields will all become NULLs.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (erh == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
|
|
erh = rec->erh;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
|
|
* if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != erh->er_tupdesc_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(erh,
|
|
recfield->fieldname,
|
|
&recfield->finfo))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
|
|
errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
|
|
rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
|
|
recfield->rectupledescid = erh->er_tupdesc_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We don't support assignments to system columns. */
|
|
if (recfield->finfo.fnumber <= 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("cannot assign to system column \"%s\"",
|
|
recfield->fieldname)));
|
|
|
|
/* Cast the new value to the right type, if needed. */
|
|
value = exec_cast_value(estate,
|
|
value,
|
|
&isNull,
|
|
valtype,
|
|
valtypmod,
|
|
recfield->finfo.ftypeid,
|
|
recfield->finfo.ftypmod);
|
|
|
|
/* And assign it. */
|
|
expanded_record_set_field(erh, recfield->finfo.fnumber,
|
|
value, isNull, !estate->atomic);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ARRAYELEM:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Target is an element of an array
|
|
*/
|
|
PLpgSQL_arrayelem *arrayelem;
|
|
int nsubscripts;
|
|
int i;
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *subscripts[MAXDIM];
|
|
int subscriptvals[MAXDIM];
|
|
Datum oldarraydatum,
|
|
newarraydatum,
|
|
coerced_value;
|
|
bool oldarrayisnull;
|
|
Oid parenttypoid;
|
|
int32 parenttypmod;
|
|
SPITupleTable *save_eval_tuptable;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We need to do subscript evaluation, which might require
|
|
* evaluating general expressions; and the caller might have
|
|
* done that too in order to prepare the input Datum. We have
|
|
* to save and restore the caller's SPI_execute result, if
|
|
* any.
|
|
*/
|
|
save_eval_tuptable = estate->eval_tuptable;
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To handle constructs like x[1][2] := something, we have to
|
|
* be prepared to deal with a chain of arrayelem datums. Chase
|
|
* back to find the base array datum, and save the subscript
|
|
* expressions as we go. (We are scanning right to left here,
|
|
* but want to evaluate the subscripts left-to-right to
|
|
* minimize surprises.) Note that arrayelem is left pointing
|
|
* to the leftmost arrayelem datum, where we will cache the
|
|
* array element type data.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsubscripts = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
arrayelem = (PLpgSQL_arrayelem *) target;
|
|
if (nsubscripts >= MAXDIM)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
|
|
errmsg("number of array dimensions (%d) exceeds the maximum allowed (%d)",
|
|
nsubscripts + 1, MAXDIM)));
|
|
subscripts[nsubscripts++] = arrayelem->subscript;
|
|
target = estate->datums[arrayelem->arrayparentno];
|
|
} while (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ARRAYELEM);
|
|
|
|
/* Fetch current value of array datum */
|
|
exec_eval_datum(estate, target,
|
|
&parenttypoid, &parenttypmod,
|
|
&oldarraydatum, &oldarrayisnull);
|
|
|
|
/* Update cached type data if necessary */
|
|
if (arrayelem->parenttypoid != parenttypoid ||
|
|
arrayelem->parenttypmod != parenttypmod)
|
|
{
|
|
Oid arraytypoid;
|
|
int32 arraytypmod = parenttypmod;
|
|
int16 arraytyplen;
|
|
Oid elemtypoid;
|
|
int16 elemtyplen;
|
|
bool elemtypbyval;
|
|
char elemtypalign;
|
|
|
|
/* If target is domain over array, reduce to base type */
|
|
arraytypoid = getBaseTypeAndTypmod(parenttypoid,
|
|
&arraytypmod);
|
|
|
|
/* ... and identify the element type */
|
|
elemtypoid = get_element_type(arraytypoid);
|
|
if (!OidIsValid(elemtypoid))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("subscripted object is not an array")));
|
|
|
|
/* Collect needed data about the types */
|
|
arraytyplen = get_typlen(arraytypoid);
|
|
|
|
get_typlenbyvalalign(elemtypoid,
|
|
&elemtyplen,
|
|
&elemtypbyval,
|
|
&elemtypalign);
|
|
|
|
/* Now safe to update the cached data */
|
|
arrayelem->parenttypoid = parenttypoid;
|
|
arrayelem->parenttypmod = parenttypmod;
|
|
arrayelem->arraytypoid = arraytypoid;
|
|
arrayelem->arraytypmod = arraytypmod;
|
|
arrayelem->arraytyplen = arraytyplen;
|
|
arrayelem->elemtypoid = elemtypoid;
|
|
arrayelem->elemtyplen = elemtyplen;
|
|
arrayelem->elemtypbyval = elemtypbyval;
|
|
arrayelem->elemtypalign = elemtypalign;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Evaluate the subscripts, switch into left-to-right order.
|
|
* Like the expression built by ExecInitSubscriptingRef(),
|
|
* complain if any subscript is null.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nsubscripts; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
bool subisnull;
|
|
|
|
subscriptvals[i] =
|
|
exec_eval_integer(estate,
|
|
subscripts[nsubscripts - 1 - i],
|
|
&subisnull);
|
|
if (subisnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("array subscript in assignment must not be null")));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clean up in case the subscript expression wasn't
|
|
* simple. We can't do exec_eval_cleanup, but we can do
|
|
* this much (which is safe because the integer subscript
|
|
* value is surely pass-by-value), and we must do it in
|
|
* case the next subscript expression isn't simple either.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->eval_tuptable != NULL)
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(estate->eval_tuptable);
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Now we can restore caller's SPI_execute result if any. */
|
|
Assert(estate->eval_tuptable == NULL);
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable = save_eval_tuptable;
|
|
|
|
/* Coerce source value to match array element type. */
|
|
coerced_value = exec_cast_value(estate,
|
|
value,
|
|
&isNull,
|
|
valtype,
|
|
valtypmod,
|
|
arrayelem->elemtypoid,
|
|
arrayelem->arraytypmod);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the original array is null, cons up an empty array so
|
|
* that the assignment can proceed; we'll end with a
|
|
* one-element array containing just the assigned-to
|
|
* subscript. This only works for varlena arrays, though; for
|
|
* fixed-length array types we skip the assignment. We can't
|
|
* support assignment of a null entry into a fixed-length
|
|
* array, either, so that's a no-op too. This is all ugly but
|
|
* corresponds to the current behavior of execExpr*.c.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (arrayelem->arraytyplen > 0 && /* fixed-length array? */
|
|
(oldarrayisnull || isNull))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* empty array, if any, and newarraydatum are short-lived */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
|
|
if (oldarrayisnull)
|
|
oldarraydatum = PointerGetDatum(construct_empty_array(arrayelem->elemtypoid));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Build the modified array value.
|
|
*/
|
|
newarraydatum = array_set_element(oldarraydatum,
|
|
nsubscripts,
|
|
subscriptvals,
|
|
coerced_value,
|
|
isNull,
|
|
arrayelem->arraytyplen,
|
|
arrayelem->elemtyplen,
|
|
arrayelem->elemtypbyval,
|
|
arrayelem->elemtypalign);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assign the new array to the base variable. It's never NULL
|
|
* at this point. Note that if the target is a domain,
|
|
* coercing the base array type back up to the domain will
|
|
* happen within exec_assign_value.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate, target,
|
|
newarraydatum,
|
|
false,
|
|
arrayelem->arraytypoid,
|
|
arrayelem->arraytypmod);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", target->dtype);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_eval_datum Get current value of a PLpgSQL_datum
|
|
*
|
|
* The type oid, typmod, value in Datum format, and null flag are returned.
|
|
*
|
|
* At present this doesn't handle PLpgSQL_expr or PLpgSQL_arrayelem datums;
|
|
* that's not needed because we never pass references to such datums to SPI.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: the returned Datum points right at the stored value in the case of
|
|
* pass-by-reference datatypes. Generally callers should take care not to
|
|
* modify the stored value. Some callers intentionally manipulate variables
|
|
* referenced by R/W expanded pointers, though; it is those callers'
|
|
* responsibility that the results are semantically OK.
|
|
*
|
|
* In some cases we have to palloc a return value, and in such cases we put
|
|
* it into the estate's eval_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_eval_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum,
|
|
Oid *typeid,
|
|
int32 *typetypmod,
|
|
Datum *value,
|
|
bool *isnull)
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
switch (datum->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
/* fulfill promise if needed, then handle like regular var */
|
|
plpgsql_fulfill_promise(estate, (PLpgSQL_var *) datum);
|
|
|
|
/* FALL THRU */
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
|
|
|
|
*typeid = var->datatype->typoid;
|
|
*typetypmod = var->datatype->atttypmod;
|
|
*value = var->value;
|
|
*isnull = var->isnull;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) datum;
|
|
HeapTuple tup;
|
|
|
|
/* We get here if there are multiple OUT parameters */
|
|
if (!row->rowtupdesc) /* should not happen */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "row variable has no tupdesc");
|
|
/* Make sure we have a valid type/typmod setting */
|
|
BlessTupleDesc(row->rowtupdesc);
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
tup = make_tuple_from_row(estate, row, row->rowtupdesc);
|
|
if (tup == NULL) /* should not happen */
|
|
elog(ERROR, "row not compatible with its own tupdesc");
|
|
*typeid = row->rowtupdesc->tdtypeid;
|
|
*typetypmod = row->rowtupdesc->tdtypmod;
|
|
*value = HeapTupleGetDatum(tup);
|
|
*isnull = false;
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
|
|
|
|
if (rec->erh == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Treat uninstantiated record as a simple NULL */
|
|
*value = (Datum) 0;
|
|
*isnull = true;
|
|
/* Report variable's declared type */
|
|
*typeid = rec->rectypeid;
|
|
*typetypmod = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(rec->erh))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Empty record is also a NULL */
|
|
*value = (Datum) 0;
|
|
*isnull = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
*value = ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh);
|
|
*isnull = false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Report variable's declared type, if not RECORD */
|
|
*typeid = rec->rectypeid;
|
|
*typetypmod = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Report record's actual type if declared RECORD */
|
|
*typeid = rec->erh->er_typeid;
|
|
*typetypmod = rec->erh->er_typmod;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh;
|
|
|
|
rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
|
|
erh = rec->erh;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
|
|
* named composite type, else complain. (This won't change
|
|
* the logical state of the record: it's still NULL.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (erh == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
|
|
erh = rec->erh;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
|
|
* if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != erh->er_tupdesc_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(erh,
|
|
recfield->fieldname,
|
|
&recfield->finfo))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
|
|
errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
|
|
rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
|
|
recfield->rectupledescid = erh->er_tupdesc_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Report type data. */
|
|
*typeid = recfield->finfo.ftypeid;
|
|
*typetypmod = recfield->finfo.ftypmod;
|
|
|
|
/* And fetch the field value. */
|
|
*value = expanded_record_get_field(erh,
|
|
recfield->finfo.fnumber,
|
|
isnull);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type Get datatype of a PLpgSQL_datum
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the same logic as in exec_eval_datum, but we skip acquiring
|
|
* the actual value of the variable. Also, needn't support DTYPE_ROW.
|
|
*/
|
|
Oid
|
|
plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum)
|
|
{
|
|
Oid typeid;
|
|
|
|
switch (datum->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
|
|
|
|
typeid = var->datatype->typoid;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
|
|
|
|
if (rec->erh == NULL || rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Report variable's declared type */
|
|
typeid = rec->rectypeid;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Report record's actual type if declared RECORD */
|
|
typeid = rec->erh->er_typeid;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
|
|
|
|
rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
|
|
* named composite type, else complain. (This won't change
|
|
* the logical state of the record: it's still NULL.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->erh == NULL)
|
|
instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
|
|
* if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(rec->erh,
|
|
recfield->fieldname,
|
|
&recfield->finfo))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
|
|
errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
|
|
rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
|
|
recfield->rectupledescid = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typeid = recfield->finfo.ftypeid;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
|
|
typeid = InvalidOid; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return typeid;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type_info Get datatype etc of a PLpgSQL_datum
|
|
*
|
|
* An extended version of plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type, which also retrieves the
|
|
* typmod and collation of the datum. Note however that we don't report the
|
|
* possibly-mutable typmod of RECORD values, but say -1 always.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type_info(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum,
|
|
Oid *typeId, int32 *typMod, Oid *collation)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (datum->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
|
|
|
|
*typeId = var->datatype->typoid;
|
|
*typMod = var->datatype->atttypmod;
|
|
*collation = var->datatype->collation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
|
|
|
|
if (rec->erh == NULL || rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Report variable's declared type */
|
|
*typeId = rec->rectypeid;
|
|
*typMod = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Report record's actual type if declared RECORD */
|
|
*typeId = rec->erh->er_typeid;
|
|
/* do NOT return the mutable typmod of a RECORD variable */
|
|
*typMod = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
/* composite types are never collatable */
|
|
*collation = InvalidOid;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
|
|
|
|
rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
|
|
* named composite type, else complain. (This won't change
|
|
* the logical state of the record: it's still NULL.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->erh == NULL)
|
|
instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
|
|
* if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(rec->erh,
|
|
recfield->fieldname,
|
|
&recfield->finfo))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
|
|
errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
|
|
rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
|
|
recfield->rectupledescid = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*typeId = recfield->finfo.ftypeid;
|
|
*typMod = recfield->finfo.ftypmod;
|
|
*collation = recfield->finfo.fcollation;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
|
|
*typeId = InvalidOid; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
*typMod = -1;
|
|
*collation = InvalidOid;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_eval_integer Evaluate an expression, coerce result to int4
|
|
*
|
|
* Note we do not do exec_eval_cleanup here; the caller must do it at
|
|
* some later point. (We do this because the caller may be holding the
|
|
* results of other, pass-by-reference, expression evaluations, such as
|
|
* an array value to be subscripted.)
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_eval_integer(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
bool *isNull)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum exprdatum;
|
|
Oid exprtypeid;
|
|
int32 exprtypmod;
|
|
|
|
exprdatum = exec_eval_expr(estate, expr, isNull, &exprtypeid, &exprtypmod);
|
|
exprdatum = exec_cast_value(estate, exprdatum, isNull,
|
|
exprtypeid, exprtypmod,
|
|
INT4OID, -1);
|
|
return DatumGetInt32(exprdatum);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_eval_boolean Evaluate an expression, coerce result to bool
|
|
*
|
|
* Note we do not do exec_eval_cleanup here; the caller must do it at
|
|
* some later point.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
exec_eval_boolean(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
bool *isNull)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum exprdatum;
|
|
Oid exprtypeid;
|
|
int32 exprtypmod;
|
|
|
|
exprdatum = exec_eval_expr(estate, expr, isNull, &exprtypeid, &exprtypmod);
|
|
exprdatum = exec_cast_value(estate, exprdatum, isNull,
|
|
exprtypeid, exprtypmod,
|
|
BOOLOID, -1);
|
|
return DatumGetBool(exprdatum);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_eval_expr Evaluate an expression and return
|
|
* the result Datum, along with data type/typmod.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: caller must do exec_eval_cleanup when done with the Datum.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static Datum
|
|
exec_eval_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
bool *isNull,
|
|
Oid *rettype,
|
|
int32 *rettypmod)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum result = 0;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
Form_pg_attribute attr;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If first time through, create a plan for this expression.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->plan == NULL)
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK, true);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this is a simple expression, bypass SPI and use the executor
|
|
* directly
|
|
*/
|
|
if (exec_eval_simple_expr(estate, expr,
|
|
&result, isNull, rettype, rettypmod))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Else do it the hard way via exec_run_select
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = exec_run_select(estate, expr, 2, NULL);
|
|
if (rc != SPI_OK_SELECT)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
|
|
errmsg("query \"%s\" did not return data", expr->query)));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check that the expression returns exactly one column...
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc->natts != 1)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg_plural("query \"%s\" returned %d column",
|
|
"query \"%s\" returned %d columns",
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc->natts,
|
|
expr->query,
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc->natts)));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ... and get the column's datatype.
|
|
*/
|
|
attr = TupleDescAttr(estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc, 0);
|
|
*rettype = attr->atttypid;
|
|
*rettypmod = attr->atttypmod;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there are no rows selected, the result is a NULL of that type.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->eval_processed == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*isNull = true;
|
|
return (Datum) 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check that the expression returned no more than one row.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->eval_processed != 1)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_CARDINALITY_VIOLATION),
|
|
errmsg("query \"%s\" returned more than one row",
|
|
expr->query)));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the single result Datum.
|
|
*/
|
|
return SPI_getbinval(estate->eval_tuptable->vals[0],
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, isNull);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_run_select Execute a select query
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_run_select(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr, long maxtuples, Portal *portalP)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo paramLI;
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* On the first call for this expression generate the plan.
|
|
*
|
|
* If we don't need to return a portal, then we're just going to execute
|
|
* the query once, which means it's OK to use a parallel plan, even if the
|
|
* number of rows being fetched is limited. If we do need to return a
|
|
* portal, the caller might do cursor operations, which parallel query
|
|
* can't support.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->plan == NULL)
|
|
exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr,
|
|
portalP == NULL ? CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK : 0, true);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up ParamListInfo to pass to executor
|
|
*/
|
|
paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If a portal was requested, put the query and paramlist into the portal
|
|
*/
|
|
if (portalP != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
*portalP = SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(NULL, expr->plan,
|
|
paramLI,
|
|
estate->readonly_func);
|
|
if (*portalP == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not open implicit cursor for query \"%s\": %s",
|
|
expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
return SPI_OK_CURSOR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the query
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(expr->plan, paramLI,
|
|
estate->readonly_func, maxtuples);
|
|
if (rc != SPI_OK_SELECT)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
|
|
errmsg("query \"%s\" is not a SELECT", expr->query)));
|
|
|
|
/* Save query results for eventual cleanup */
|
|
Assert(estate->eval_tuptable == NULL);
|
|
estate->eval_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
|
|
estate->eval_processed = SPI_processed;
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_for_query --- execute body of FOR loop for each row from a portal
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by exec_stmt_fors, exec_stmt_forc and exec_stmt_dynfors
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
exec_for_query(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *stmt,
|
|
Portal portal, bool prefetch_ok)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *var;
|
|
SPITupleTable *tuptab;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
int rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
|
|
uint64 previous_id = INVALID_TUPLEDESC_IDENTIFIER;
|
|
bool tupdescs_match = true;
|
|
uint64 n;
|
|
|
|
/* Fetch loop variable's datum entry */
|
|
var = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->var->dno];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make sure the portal doesn't get closed by the user statements we
|
|
* execute.
|
|
*/
|
|
PinPortal(portal);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fetch the initial tuple(s). If prefetching is allowed then we grab a
|
|
* few more rows to avoid multiple trips through executor startup
|
|
* overhead.
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, prefetch_ok ? 10 : 1);
|
|
tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
|
|
n = SPI_processed;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the query didn't return any rows, set the target to NULL and fall
|
|
* through with found = false.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, var, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
found = true; /* processed at least one tuple */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now do the loop
|
|
*/
|
|
while (n > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64 i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assign the tuple to the target. Here, because we know that all
|
|
* loop iterations should be assigning the same tupdesc, we can
|
|
* optimize away repeated creations of expanded records with
|
|
* identical tupdescs. Testing for changes of er_tupdesc_id is
|
|
* reliable even if the loop body contains assignments that
|
|
* replace the target's value entirely, because it's assigned from
|
|
* a process-global counter. The case where the tupdescs don't
|
|
* match could possibly be handled more efficiently than this
|
|
* coding does, but it's not clear extra effort is worthwhile.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) var;
|
|
|
|
if (rec->erh &&
|
|
rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id == previous_id &&
|
|
tupdescs_match)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only need to assign a new tuple value */
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(rec->erh, tuptab->vals[i],
|
|
true, !estate->atomic);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* First time through, or var's tupdesc changed in loop,
|
|
* or we have to do it the hard way because type coercion
|
|
* is needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, var,
|
|
tuptab->vals[i], tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check to see if physical assignment is OK next time.
|
|
* Once the tupdesc comparison has failed once, we don't
|
|
* bother rechecking in subsequent loop iterations.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (tupdescs_match)
|
|
{
|
|
tupdescs_match =
|
|
(rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID ||
|
|
rec->rectypeid == tuptab->tupdesc->tdtypeid ||
|
|
compatible_tupdescs(tuptab->tupdesc,
|
|
expanded_record_get_tupdesc(rec->erh)));
|
|
}
|
|
previous_id = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, var, tuptab->vals[i], tuptab->tupdesc);
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute the statements
|
|
*/
|
|
rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
|
|
|
|
LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, goto loop_exit);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(tuptab);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fetch more tuples. If prefetching is allowed, grab 50 at a time.
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, prefetch_ok ? 50 : 1);
|
|
tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
|
|
n = SPI_processed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
loop_exit:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Release last group of tuples (if any)
|
|
*/
|
|
SPI_freetuptable(tuptab);
|
|
|
|
UnpinPortal(portal);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the FOUND variable to indicate the result of executing the loop
|
|
* (namely, whether we looped one or more times). This must be set last so
|
|
* that it does not interfere with the value of the FOUND variable inside
|
|
* the loop processing itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_set_found(estate, found);
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_eval_simple_expr - Evaluate a simple expression returning
|
|
* a Datum by directly calling ExecEvalExpr().
|
|
*
|
|
* If successful, store results into *result, *isNull, *rettype, *rettypmod
|
|
* and return true. If the expression cannot be handled by simple evaluation,
|
|
* return false.
|
|
*
|
|
* Because we only store one execution tree for a simple expression, we
|
|
* can't handle recursion cases. So, if we see the tree is already busy
|
|
* with an evaluation in the current xact, we just return false and let the
|
|
* caller run the expression the hard way. (Other alternatives such as
|
|
* creating a new tree for a recursive call either introduce memory leaks,
|
|
* or add enough bookkeeping to be doubtful wins anyway.) Another case that
|
|
* is covered by the expr_simple_in_use test is where a previous execution
|
|
* of the tree was aborted by an error: the tree may contain bogus state
|
|
* so we dare not re-use it.
|
|
*
|
|
* It is possible that we'd need to replan a simple expression; for example,
|
|
* someone might redefine a SQL function that had been inlined into the simple
|
|
* expression. That cannot cause a simple expression to become non-simple (or
|
|
* vice versa), but we do have to handle replacing the expression tree.
|
|
* Fortunately it's normally inexpensive to call SPI_plan_get_cached_plan for
|
|
* a simple expression.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: if pass-by-reference, the result is in the eval_mcontext.
|
|
* It will be freed when exec_eval_cleanup is done.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr,
|
|
Datum *result,
|
|
bool *isNull,
|
|
Oid *rettype,
|
|
int32 *rettypmod)
|
|
{
|
|
ExprContext *econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
|
|
LocalTransactionId curlxid = MyProc->lxid;
|
|
CachedPlan *cplan;
|
|
void *save_setup_arg;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Forget it if expression wasn't simple before.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->expr_simple_expr == NULL)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If expression is in use in current xact, don't touch it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->expr_simple_in_use && expr->expr_simple_lxid == curlxid)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Revalidate cached plan, so that we will notice if it became stale. (We
|
|
* need to hold a refcount while using the plan, anyway.) If replanning
|
|
* is needed, do that work in the eval_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
cplan = SPI_plan_get_cached_plan(expr->plan);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We can't get a failure here, because the number of CachedPlanSources in
|
|
* the SPI plan can't change from what exec_simple_check_plan saw; it's a
|
|
* property of the raw parsetree generated from the query text.
|
|
*/
|
|
Assert(cplan != NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* If it got replanned, update our copy of the simple expression */
|
|
if (cplan->generation != expr->expr_simple_generation)
|
|
{
|
|
exec_save_simple_expr(expr, cplan);
|
|
/* better recheck r/w safety, as it could change due to inlining */
|
|
if (expr->rwparam >= 0)
|
|
exec_check_rw_parameter(expr, expr->rwparam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pass back previously-determined result type.
|
|
*/
|
|
*rettype = expr->expr_simple_type;
|
|
*rettypmod = expr->expr_simple_typmod;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up ParamListInfo to pass to executor. For safety, save and restore
|
|
* estate->paramLI->parserSetupArg around our use of the param list.
|
|
*/
|
|
save_setup_arg = estate->paramLI->parserSetupArg;
|
|
|
|
econtext->ecxt_param_list_info = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prepare the expression for execution, if it's not been done already in
|
|
* the current transaction. (This will be forced to happen if we called
|
|
* exec_save_simple_expr above.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->expr_simple_lxid != curlxid)
|
|
{
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->simple_eval_estate->es_query_cxt);
|
|
expr->expr_simple_state =
|
|
ExecInitExprWithParams(expr->expr_simple_expr,
|
|
econtext->ecxt_param_list_info);
|
|
expr->expr_simple_in_use = false;
|
|
expr->expr_simple_lxid = curlxid;
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have to do some of the things SPI_execute_plan would do, in
|
|
* particular advance the snapshot if we are in a non-read-only function.
|
|
* Without this, stable functions within the expression would fail to see
|
|
* updates made so far by our own function.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
if (!estate->readonly_func)
|
|
{
|
|
CommandCounterIncrement();
|
|
PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Mark expression as busy for the duration of the ExecEvalExpr call.
|
|
*/
|
|
expr->expr_simple_in_use = true;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finally we can call the executor to evaluate the expression
|
|
*/
|
|
*result = ExecEvalExpr(expr->expr_simple_state,
|
|
econtext,
|
|
isNull);
|
|
|
|
/* Assorted cleanup */
|
|
expr->expr_simple_in_use = false;
|
|
|
|
econtext->ecxt_param_list_info = NULL;
|
|
|
|
estate->paramLI->parserSetupArg = save_setup_arg;
|
|
|
|
if (!estate->readonly_func)
|
|
PopActiveSnapshot();
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we can release our refcount on the cached plan.
|
|
*/
|
|
ReleaseCachedPlan(cplan, true);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* That's it.
|
|
*/
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a ParamListInfo to pass to SPI
|
|
*
|
|
* We use a single ParamListInfo struct for all SPI calls made from this
|
|
* estate; it contains no per-param data, just hook functions, so it's
|
|
* effectively read-only for SPI.
|
|
*
|
|
* An exception from pure read-only-ness is that the parserSetupArg points
|
|
* to the specific PLpgSQL_expr being evaluated. This is not an issue for
|
|
* statement-level callers, but lower-level callers must save and restore
|
|
* estate->paramLI->parserSetupArg just in case there's an active evaluation
|
|
* at an outer call level. (A plausible alternative design would be to
|
|
* create a ParamListInfo struct for each PLpgSQL_expr, but for the moment
|
|
* that seems like a waste of memory.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static ParamListInfo
|
|
setup_param_list(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_expr *expr)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo paramLI;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We must have created the SPIPlan already (hence, query text has been
|
|
* parsed/analyzed at least once); else we cannot rely on expr->paramnos.
|
|
*/
|
|
Assert(expr->plan != NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We only need a ParamListInfo if the expression has parameters. In
|
|
* principle we should test with bms_is_empty(), but we use a not-null
|
|
* test because it's faster. In current usage bits are never removed from
|
|
* expr->paramnos, only added, so this test is correct anyway.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->paramnos)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use the common ParamListInfo */
|
|
paramLI = estate->paramLI;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up link to active expr where the hook functions can find it.
|
|
* Callers must save and restore parserSetupArg if there is any chance
|
|
* that they are interrupting an active use of parameters.
|
|
*/
|
|
paramLI->parserSetupArg = (void *) expr;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Also make sure this is set before parser hooks need it. There is
|
|
* no need to save and restore, since the value is always correct once
|
|
* set. (Should be set already, but let's be sure.)
|
|
*/
|
|
expr->func = estate->func;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Expression requires no parameters. Be sure we represent this case
|
|
* as a NULL ParamListInfo, so that plancache.c knows there is no
|
|
* point in a custom plan.
|
|
*/
|
|
paramLI = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
return paramLI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_param_fetch paramFetch callback for dynamic parameter fetch
|
|
*
|
|
* We always use the caller's workspace to construct the returned struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: this is no longer used during query execution. It is used during
|
|
* planning (with speculative == true) and when the ParamListInfo we supply
|
|
* to the executor is copied into a cursor portal or transferred to a
|
|
* parallel child process.
|
|
*/
|
|
static ParamExternData *
|
|
plpgsql_param_fetch(ParamListInfo params,
|
|
int paramid, bool speculative,
|
|
ParamExternData *prm)
|
|
{
|
|
int dno;
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr;
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
|
|
bool ok = true;
|
|
int32 prmtypmod;
|
|
|
|
/* paramid's are 1-based, but dnos are 0-based */
|
|
dno = paramid - 1;
|
|
Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < params->numParams);
|
|
|
|
/* fetch back the hook data */
|
|
estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
|
|
expr = (PLpgSQL_expr *) params->parserSetupArg;
|
|
Assert(params->numParams == estate->ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can access the target datum */
|
|
datum = estate->datums[dno];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Since copyParamList() or SerializeParamList() will try to materialize
|
|
* every single parameter slot, it's important to return a dummy param
|
|
* when asked for a datum that's not supposed to be used by this SQL
|
|
* expression. Otherwise we risk failures in exec_eval_datum(), or
|
|
* copying a lot more data than necessary.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!bms_is_member(dno, expr->paramnos))
|
|
ok = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the access is speculative, we prefer to return no data rather than
|
|
* to fail in exec_eval_datum(). Check the likely failure cases.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (speculative)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (datum->dtype)
|
|
{
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
|
|
/* always safe */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
|
|
/* should be safe in all interesting cases */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
|
|
/* always safe (might return NULL, that's fine) */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
|
|
|
|
rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If record variable is NULL, don't risk anything.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->erh == NULL)
|
|
ok = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the field's properties if we have not already,
|
|
* or if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (expanded_record_lookup_field(rec->erh,
|
|
recfield->fieldname,
|
|
&recfield->finfo))
|
|
recfield->rectupledescid = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
|
|
else
|
|
ok = false;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
ok = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return "no such parameter" if not ok */
|
|
if (!ok)
|
|
{
|
|
prm->value = (Datum) 0;
|
|
prm->isnull = true;
|
|
prm->pflags = 0;
|
|
prm->ptype = InvalidOid;
|
|
return prm;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* OK, evaluate the value and store into the return struct */
|
|
exec_eval_datum(estate, datum,
|
|
&prm->ptype, &prmtypmod,
|
|
&prm->value, &prm->isnull);
|
|
/* We can always mark params as "const" for executor's purposes */
|
|
prm->pflags = PARAM_FLAG_CONST;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's a read/write expanded datum, convert reference to read-only,
|
|
* unless it's safe to pass as read-write.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dno != expr->rwparam)
|
|
{
|
|
if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR)
|
|
prm->value = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(prm->value,
|
|
prm->isnull,
|
|
((PLpgSQL_var *) datum)->datatype->typlen);
|
|
else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
|
|
prm->value = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(prm->value,
|
|
prm->isnull,
|
|
-1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return prm;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_param_compile paramCompile callback for plpgsql parameters
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_param_compile(ParamListInfo params, Param *param,
|
|
ExprState *state,
|
|
Datum *resv, bool *resnull)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *expr;
|
|
int dno;
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
|
|
ExprEvalStep scratch;
|
|
|
|
/* fetch back the hook data */
|
|
estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
|
|
expr = (PLpgSQL_expr *) params->parserSetupArg;
|
|
|
|
/* paramid's are 1-based, but dnos are 0-based */
|
|
dno = param->paramid - 1;
|
|
Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can access the target datum */
|
|
datum = estate->datums[dno];
|
|
|
|
scratch.opcode = EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK;
|
|
scratch.resvalue = resv;
|
|
scratch.resnull = resnull;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Select appropriate eval function. It seems worth special-casing
|
|
* DTYPE_VAR and DTYPE_RECFIELD for performance. Also, we can determine
|
|
* in advance whether MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly() will be required.
|
|
* Currently, only VAR/PROMISE and REC datums could contain read/write
|
|
* expanded objects.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR)
|
|
{
|
|
if (dno != expr->rwparam &&
|
|
((PLpgSQL_var *) datum)->datatype->typlen == -1)
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro;
|
|
else
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD)
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_recfield;
|
|
else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (dno != expr->rwparam &&
|
|
((PLpgSQL_var *) datum)->datatype->typlen == -1)
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro;
|
|
else
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC &&
|
|
dno != expr->rwparam)
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro;
|
|
else
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note: it's tempting to use paramarg to store the estate pointer and
|
|
* thereby save an indirection or two in the eval functions. But that
|
|
* doesn't work because the compiled expression might be used with
|
|
* different estates for the same PL/pgSQL function.
|
|
*/
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramarg = NULL;
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramid = param->paramid;
|
|
scratch.d.cparam.paramtype = param->paramtype;
|
|
ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_param_eval_var evaluation of EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK step
|
|
*
|
|
* This is specialized to the case of DTYPE_VAR variables for which
|
|
* we do not need to invoke MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_param_eval_var(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo params;
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
|
|
int dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var;
|
|
|
|
/* fetch back the hook data */
|
|
params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
|
|
estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
|
|
Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can access the target datum */
|
|
var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
|
|
Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR);
|
|
|
|
/* inlined version of exec_eval_datum() */
|
|
*op->resvalue = var->value;
|
|
*op->resnull = var->isnull;
|
|
|
|
/* safety check -- an assertion should be sufficient */
|
|
Assert(var->datatype->typoid == op->d.cparam.paramtype);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro evaluation of EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK step
|
|
*
|
|
* This is specialized to the case of DTYPE_VAR variables for which
|
|
* we need to invoke MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo params;
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
|
|
int dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var;
|
|
|
|
/* fetch back the hook data */
|
|
params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
|
|
estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
|
|
Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can access the target datum */
|
|
var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
|
|
Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Inlined version of exec_eval_datum() ... and while we're at it, force
|
|
* expanded datums to read-only.
|
|
*/
|
|
*op->resvalue = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(var->value,
|
|
var->isnull,
|
|
-1);
|
|
*op->resnull = var->isnull;
|
|
|
|
/* safety check -- an assertion should be sufficient */
|
|
Assert(var->datatype->typoid == op->d.cparam.paramtype);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_param_eval_recfield evaluation of EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK step
|
|
*
|
|
* This is specialized to the case of DTYPE_RECFIELD variables, for which
|
|
* we never need to invoke MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_param_eval_recfield(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo params;
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
|
|
int dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
|
|
PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield;
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh;
|
|
|
|
/* fetch back the hook data */
|
|
params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
|
|
estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
|
|
Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can access the target datum */
|
|
recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) estate->datums[dno];
|
|
Assert(recfield->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD);
|
|
|
|
/* inline the relevant part of exec_eval_datum */
|
|
rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
|
|
erh = rec->erh;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a named composite
|
|
* type, else complain. (This won't change the logical state of the
|
|
* record: it's still NULL.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (erh == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
|
|
erh = rec->erh;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or if the tuple
|
|
* descriptor ID changed since last time.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != erh->er_tupdesc_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(erh,
|
|
recfield->fieldname,
|
|
&recfield->finfo))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
|
|
errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
|
|
rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
|
|
recfield->rectupledescid = erh->er_tupdesc_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* OK to fetch the field value. */
|
|
*op->resvalue = expanded_record_get_field(erh,
|
|
recfield->finfo.fnumber,
|
|
op->resnull);
|
|
|
|
/* safety check -- needed for, eg, record fields */
|
|
if (unlikely(recfield->finfo.ftypeid != op->d.cparam.paramtype))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("type of parameter %d (%s) does not match that when preparing the plan (%s)",
|
|
op->d.cparam.paramid,
|
|
format_type_be(recfield->finfo.ftypeid),
|
|
format_type_be(op->d.cparam.paramtype))));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_param_eval_generic evaluation of EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK step
|
|
*
|
|
* This handles all variable types, but assumes we do not need to invoke
|
|
* MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_param_eval_generic(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo params;
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
|
|
int dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
|
|
Oid datumtype;
|
|
int32 datumtypmod;
|
|
|
|
/* fetch back the hook data */
|
|
params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
|
|
estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
|
|
Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can access the target datum */
|
|
datum = estate->datums[dno];
|
|
|
|
/* fetch datum's value */
|
|
exec_eval_datum(estate, datum,
|
|
&datumtype, &datumtypmod,
|
|
op->resvalue, op->resnull);
|
|
|
|
/* safety check -- needed for, eg, record fields */
|
|
if (unlikely(datumtype != op->d.cparam.paramtype))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("type of parameter %d (%s) does not match that when preparing the plan (%s)",
|
|
op->d.cparam.paramid,
|
|
format_type_be(datumtype),
|
|
format_type_be(op->d.cparam.paramtype))));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro evaluation of EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK step
|
|
*
|
|
* This handles all variable types, but assumes we need to invoke
|
|
* MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly (hence, variable must be of a varlena type).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op,
|
|
ExprContext *econtext)
|
|
{
|
|
ParamListInfo params;
|
|
PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
|
|
int dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
|
|
PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
|
|
Oid datumtype;
|
|
int32 datumtypmod;
|
|
|
|
/* fetch back the hook data */
|
|
params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
|
|
estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
|
|
Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
|
|
|
|
/* now we can access the target datum */
|
|
datum = estate->datums[dno];
|
|
|
|
/* fetch datum's value */
|
|
exec_eval_datum(estate, datum,
|
|
&datumtype, &datumtypmod,
|
|
op->resvalue, op->resnull);
|
|
|
|
/* safety check -- needed for, eg, record fields */
|
|
if (unlikely(datumtype != op->d.cparam.paramtype))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("type of parameter %d (%s) does not match that when preparing the plan (%s)",
|
|
op->d.cparam.paramid,
|
|
format_type_be(datumtype),
|
|
format_type_be(op->d.cparam.paramtype))));
|
|
|
|
/* force the value to read-only */
|
|
*op->resvalue = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(*op->resvalue,
|
|
*op->resnull,
|
|
-1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_move_row Move one tuple's values into a record or row
|
|
*
|
|
* tup and tupdesc may both be NULL if we're just assigning an indeterminate
|
|
* composite NULL to the target. Alternatively, can have tup be NULL and
|
|
* tupdesc not NULL, in which case we assign a row of NULLs to the target.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since this uses the mcontext for workspace, caller should eventually call
|
|
* exec_eval_cleanup to prevent long-term memory leaks.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_move_row(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target,
|
|
HeapTuple tup, TupleDesc tupdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If target is RECORD, we may be able to avoid field-by-field processing.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have no source tupdesc, just set the record variable to NULL.
|
|
* (If we have a source tupdesc but not a tuple, we'll set the
|
|
* variable to a row of nulls, instead. This is odd perhaps, but
|
|
* backwards compatible.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (tupdesc == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rec->datatype &&
|
|
rec->datatype->typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's a composite domain, NULL might not be a legal
|
|
* value, so we instead need to make an empty expanded record
|
|
* and ensure that domain type checking gets done. If there
|
|
* is already an expanded record, piggyback on its lookups.
|
|
*/
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_for_rec(estate, rec,
|
|
NULL, rec->erh);
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, NULL, false, false);
|
|
assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Just clear it to NULL */
|
|
if (rec->erh)
|
|
DeleteExpandedObject(ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh));
|
|
rec->erh = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Build a new expanded record with appropriate tupdesc.
|
|
*/
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_for_rec(estate, rec, tupdesc, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the rowtypes match, or if we have no tuple anyway, we can
|
|
* complete the assignment without field-by-field processing.
|
|
*
|
|
* The tests here are ordered more or less in order of cheapness. We
|
|
* can easily detect it will work if the target is declared RECORD or
|
|
* has the same typeid as the source. But when assigning from a query
|
|
* result, it's common to have a source tupdesc that's labeled RECORD
|
|
* but is actually physically compatible with a named-composite-type
|
|
* target, so it's worth spending extra cycles to check for that.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID ||
|
|
rec->rectypeid == tupdesc->tdtypeid ||
|
|
!HeapTupleIsValid(tup) ||
|
|
compatible_tupdescs(tupdesc, expanded_record_get_tupdesc(newerh)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
|
|
{
|
|
/* No data, so force the record into all-nulls state */
|
|
deconstruct_expanded_record(newerh);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* No coercion is needed, so just assign the row value */
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, tup, true, !estate->atomic);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Complete the assignment */
|
|
assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise, deconstruct the tuple and do field-by-field assignment,
|
|
* using exec_move_row_from_fields.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (tupdesc && HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
|
|
{
|
|
int td_natts = tupdesc->natts;
|
|
Datum *values;
|
|
bool *nulls;
|
|
Datum values_local[64];
|
|
bool nulls_local[64];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need workspace arrays. If td_natts is small enough, use local
|
|
* arrays to save doing a palloc. Even if it's not small, we can
|
|
* allocate both the Datum and isnull arrays in one palloc chunk.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (td_natts <= lengthof(values_local))
|
|
{
|
|
values = values_local;
|
|
nulls = nulls_local;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
char *chunk;
|
|
|
|
chunk = eval_mcontext_alloc(estate,
|
|
td_natts * (sizeof(Datum) + sizeof(bool)));
|
|
values = (Datum *) chunk;
|
|
nulls = (bool *) (chunk + td_natts * sizeof(Datum));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
heap_deform_tuple(tup, tupdesc, values, nulls);
|
|
|
|
exec_move_row_from_fields(estate, target, newerh,
|
|
values, nulls, tupdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Assign all-nulls.
|
|
*/
|
|
exec_move_row_from_fields(estate, target, newerh,
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Verify that a PLpgSQL_rec's rectypeid is up-to-date.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
revalidate_rectypeid(PLpgSQL_rec *rec)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_type *typ = rec->datatype;
|
|
TypeCacheEntry *typentry;
|
|
|
|
if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID)
|
|
return; /* it's RECORD, so nothing to do */
|
|
Assert(typ != NULL);
|
|
if (typ->tcache &&
|
|
typ->tcache->tupDesc_identifier == typ->tupdesc_id)
|
|
return; /* known up-to-date */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* typcache entry has suffered invalidation, so re-look-up the type name
|
|
* if possible, and then recheck the type OID. If we don't have a
|
|
* TypeName, then we just have to soldier on with the OID we've got.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (typ->origtypname != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* this bit should match parse_datatype() in pl_gram.y */
|
|
typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, typ->origtypname,
|
|
&typ->typoid,
|
|
&typ->atttypmod);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* this bit should match build_datatype() in pl_comp.c */
|
|
typentry = lookup_type_cache(typ->typoid,
|
|
TYPECACHE_TUPDESC |
|
|
TYPECACHE_DOMAIN_BASE_INFO);
|
|
if (typentry->typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
|
|
typentry = lookup_type_cache(typentry->domainBaseType,
|
|
TYPECACHE_TUPDESC);
|
|
if (typentry->tupDesc == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we get here, user tried to replace a composite type with a
|
|
* non-composite one. We're not gonna support that.
|
|
*/
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
|
|
errmsg("type %s is not composite",
|
|
format_type_be(typ->typoid))));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update tcache and tupdesc_id. Since we don't support changing to a
|
|
* non-composite type, none of the rest of *typ needs to change.
|
|
*/
|
|
typ->tcache = typentry;
|
|
typ->tupdesc_id = typentry->tupDesc_identifier;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update *rec, too. (We'll deal with subsidiary RECFIELDs as needed.)
|
|
*/
|
|
rec->rectypeid = typ->typoid;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Build an expanded record object suitable for assignment to "rec".
|
|
*
|
|
* Caller must supply either a source tuple descriptor or a source expanded
|
|
* record (not both). If the record variable has declared type RECORD,
|
|
* it'll adopt the source's rowtype. Even if it doesn't, we may be able to
|
|
* piggyback on a source expanded record to save a typcache lookup.
|
|
*
|
|
* Caller must fill the object with data, then do assign_record_var().
|
|
*
|
|
* The new record is initially put into the mcontext, so it will be cleaned up
|
|
* if we fail before reaching assign_record_var().
|
|
*/
|
|
static ExpandedRecordHeader *
|
|
make_expanded_record_for_rec(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec,
|
|
TupleDesc srctupdesc,
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *srcerh)
|
|
{
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh;
|
|
MemoryContext mcontext = get_eval_mcontext(estate);
|
|
|
|
if (rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make sure rec->rectypeid is up-to-date before using it.
|
|
*/
|
|
revalidate_rectypeid(rec);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* New record must be of desired type, but maybe srcerh has already
|
|
* done all the same lookups.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (srcerh && rec->rectypeid == srcerh->er_decltypeid)
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_from_exprecord(srcerh,
|
|
mcontext);
|
|
else
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_from_typeid(rec->rectypeid, -1,
|
|
mcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We'll adopt the input tupdesc. We can still use
|
|
* make_expanded_record_from_exprecord, if srcerh isn't a composite
|
|
* domain. (If it is, we effectively adopt its base type.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (srcerh && !ExpandedRecordIsDomain(srcerh))
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_from_exprecord(srcerh,
|
|
mcontext);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!srctupdesc)
|
|
srctupdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(srcerh);
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_from_tupdesc(srctupdesc,
|
|
mcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return newerh;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_move_row_from_fields Move arrays of field values into a record or row
|
|
*
|
|
* When assigning to a record, the caller must have already created a suitable
|
|
* new expanded record object, newerh. Pass NULL when assigning to a row.
|
|
*
|
|
* tupdesc describes the input row, which might have different column
|
|
* types and/or different dropped-column positions than the target.
|
|
* values/nulls/tupdesc can all be NULL if we just want to assign nulls to
|
|
* all fields of the record or row.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since this uses the mcontext for workspace, caller should eventually call
|
|
* exec_eval_cleanup to prevent long-term memory leaks.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_move_row_from_fields(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target,
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh,
|
|
Datum *values, bool *nulls,
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
int td_natts = tupdesc ? tupdesc->natts : 0;
|
|
int fnum;
|
|
int anum;
|
|
int strict_multiassignment_level = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The extra check strict strict_multi_assignment can be active, only when
|
|
* input tupdesc is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (tupdesc != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (plpgsql_extra_errors & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_STRICTMULTIASSIGNMENT)
|
|
strict_multiassignment_level = ERROR;
|
|
else if (plpgsql_extra_warnings & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_STRICTMULTIASSIGNMENT)
|
|
strict_multiassignment_level = WARNING;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Handle RECORD-target case */
|
|
if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
|
|
TupleDesc var_tupdesc;
|
|
Datum newvalues_local[64];
|
|
bool newnulls_local[64];
|
|
|
|
Assert(newerh != NULL); /* caller must have built new object */
|
|
|
|
var_tupdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(newerh);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Coerce field values if needed. This might involve dealing with
|
|
* different sets of dropped columns and/or coercing individual column
|
|
* types. That's sort of a pain, but historically plpgsql has allowed
|
|
* it, so we preserve the behavior. However, it's worth a quick check
|
|
* to see if the tupdescs are identical. (Since expandedrecord.c
|
|
* prefers to use refcounted tupdescs from the typcache, expanded
|
|
* records with the same rowtype will have pointer-equal tupdescs.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var_tupdesc != tupdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
int vtd_natts = var_tupdesc->natts;
|
|
Datum *newvalues;
|
|
bool *newnulls;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need workspace arrays. If vtd_natts is small enough, use local
|
|
* arrays to save doing a palloc. Even if it's not small, we can
|
|
* allocate both the Datum and isnull arrays in one palloc chunk.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vtd_natts <= lengthof(newvalues_local))
|
|
{
|
|
newvalues = newvalues_local;
|
|
newnulls = newnulls_local;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
char *chunk;
|
|
|
|
chunk = eval_mcontext_alloc(estate,
|
|
vtd_natts * (sizeof(Datum) + sizeof(bool)));
|
|
newvalues = (Datum *) chunk;
|
|
newnulls = (bool *) (chunk + vtd_natts * sizeof(Datum));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Walk over destination columns */
|
|
anum = 0;
|
|
for (fnum = 0; fnum < vtd_natts; fnum++)
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(var_tupdesc, fnum);
|
|
Datum value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
Oid valtype;
|
|
int32 valtypmod;
|
|
|
|
if (attr->attisdropped)
|
|
{
|
|
/* expanded_record_set_fields should ignore this column */
|
|
continue; /* skip dropped column in record */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (anum < td_natts &&
|
|
TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
|
|
anum++; /* skip dropped column in tuple */
|
|
|
|
if (anum < td_natts)
|
|
{
|
|
value = values[anum];
|
|
isnull = nulls[anum];
|
|
valtype = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypid;
|
|
valtypmod = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypmod;
|
|
anum++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* no source for destination column */
|
|
value = (Datum) 0;
|
|
isnull = true;
|
|
valtype = UNKNOWNOID;
|
|
valtypmod = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* When source value is missing */
|
|
if (strict_multiassignment_level)
|
|
ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
|
|
/* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
|
|
errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
|
|
"strict_multi_assignment",
|
|
strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
|
|
"extra_warnings"),
|
|
errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Cast the new value to the right type, if needed. */
|
|
newvalues[fnum] = exec_cast_value(estate,
|
|
value,
|
|
&isnull,
|
|
valtype,
|
|
valtypmod,
|
|
attr->atttypid,
|
|
attr->atttypmod);
|
|
newnulls[fnum] = isnull;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When strict_multiassignment extra check is active, then ensure
|
|
* there are no unassigned source attributes.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (strict_multiassignment_level && anum < td_natts)
|
|
{
|
|
/* skip dropped columns in the source descriptor */
|
|
while (anum < td_natts &&
|
|
TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
|
|
anum++;
|
|
|
|
if (anum < td_natts)
|
|
ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
|
|
/* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
|
|
errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
|
|
"strict_multi_assignment",
|
|
strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
|
|
"extra_warnings"),
|
|
errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
values = newvalues;
|
|
nulls = newnulls;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Insert the coerced field values into the new expanded record */
|
|
expanded_record_set_fields(newerh, values, nulls, !estate->atomic);
|
|
|
|
/* Complete the assignment */
|
|
assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* newerh should not have been passed in non-RECORD cases */
|
|
Assert(newerh == NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For a row, we assign the individual field values to the variables the
|
|
* row points to.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: both this code and the record code above silently ignore extra
|
|
* columns in the source and assume NULL for missing columns. This is
|
|
* pretty dubious but it's the historical behavior.
|
|
*
|
|
* If we have no input data at all, we'll assign NULL to all columns of
|
|
* the row variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) target;
|
|
|
|
anum = 0;
|
|
for (fnum = 0; fnum < row->nfields; fnum++)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var;
|
|
Datum value;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
Oid valtype;
|
|
int32 valtypmod;
|
|
|
|
var = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[row->varnos[fnum]]);
|
|
|
|
while (anum < td_natts &&
|
|
TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
|
|
anum++; /* skip dropped column in tuple */
|
|
|
|
if (anum < td_natts)
|
|
{
|
|
value = values[anum];
|
|
isnull = nulls[anum];
|
|
valtype = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypid;
|
|
valtypmod = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypmod;
|
|
anum++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* no source for destination column */
|
|
value = (Datum) 0;
|
|
isnull = true;
|
|
valtype = UNKNOWNOID;
|
|
valtypmod = -1;
|
|
|
|
if (strict_multiassignment_level)
|
|
ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
|
|
/* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
|
|
errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
|
|
"strict_multi_assignment",
|
|
strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
|
|
"extra_warnings"),
|
|
errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
exec_assign_value(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) var,
|
|
value, isnull, valtype, valtypmod);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When strict_multiassignment extra check is active, ensure there are
|
|
* no unassigned source attributes.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (strict_multiassignment_level && anum < td_natts)
|
|
{
|
|
while (anum < td_natts &&
|
|
TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
|
|
anum++; /* skip dropped column in tuple */
|
|
|
|
if (anum < td_natts)
|
|
ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
|
|
errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
|
|
/* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
|
|
errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
|
|
"strict_multi_assignment",
|
|
strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
|
|
"extra_warnings"),
|
|
errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unsupported target type: %d", target->dtype);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* compatible_tupdescs: detect whether two tupdescs are physically compatible
|
|
*
|
|
* TRUE indicates that a tuple satisfying src_tupdesc can be used directly as
|
|
* a value for a composite variable using dst_tupdesc.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
compatible_tupdescs(TupleDesc src_tupdesc, TupleDesc dst_tupdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Possibly we could allow src_tupdesc to have extra columns? */
|
|
if (dst_tupdesc->natts != src_tupdesc->natts)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < dst_tupdesc->natts; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Form_pg_attribute dattr = TupleDescAttr(dst_tupdesc, i);
|
|
Form_pg_attribute sattr = TupleDescAttr(src_tupdesc, i);
|
|
|
|
if (dattr->attisdropped != sattr->attisdropped)
|
|
return false;
|
|
if (!dattr->attisdropped)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Normal columns must match by type and typmod */
|
|
if (dattr->atttypid != sattr->atttypid ||
|
|
(dattr->atttypmod >= 0 &&
|
|
dattr->atttypmod != sattr->atttypmod))
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Dropped columns are OK as long as length/alignment match */
|
|
if (dattr->attlen != sattr->attlen ||
|
|
dattr->attalign != sattr->attalign)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* make_tuple_from_row Make a tuple from the values of a row object
|
|
*
|
|
* A NULL return indicates rowtype mismatch; caller must raise suitable error
|
|
*
|
|
* The result tuple is freshly palloc'd in caller's context. Some junk
|
|
* may be left behind in eval_mcontext, too.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static HeapTuple
|
|
make_tuple_from_row(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_row *row,
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
int natts = tupdesc->natts;
|
|
HeapTuple tuple;
|
|
Datum *dvalues;
|
|
bool *nulls;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (natts != row->nfields)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
dvalues = (Datum *) eval_mcontext_alloc0(estate, natts * sizeof(Datum));
|
|
nulls = (bool *) eval_mcontext_alloc(estate, natts * sizeof(bool));
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Oid fieldtypeid;
|
|
int32 fieldtypmod;
|
|
|
|
if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attisdropped)
|
|
{
|
|
nulls[i] = true; /* leave the column as null */
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_datum(estate, estate->datums[row->varnos[i]],
|
|
&fieldtypeid, &fieldtypmod,
|
|
&dvalues[i], &nulls[i]);
|
|
if (fieldtypeid != TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->atttypid)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
/* XXX should we insist on typmod match, too? */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tuple = heap_form_tuple(tupdesc, dvalues, nulls);
|
|
|
|
return tuple;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* deconstruct_composite_datum extract tuple+tupdesc from composite Datum
|
|
*
|
|
* The caller must supply a HeapTupleData variable, in which we set up a
|
|
* tuple header pointing to the composite datum's body. To make the tuple
|
|
* value outlive that variable, caller would need to apply heap_copytuple...
|
|
* but current callers only need a short-lived tuple value anyway.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the TupleDesc of the datum's rowtype.
|
|
* Caller is responsible for calling ReleaseTupleDesc when done with it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: it's caller's responsibility to be sure value is of composite type.
|
|
* Also, best to call this in a short-lived context, as it might leak memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
static TupleDesc
|
|
deconstruct_composite_datum(Datum value, HeapTupleData *tmptup)
|
|
{
|
|
HeapTupleHeader td;
|
|
Oid tupType;
|
|
int32 tupTypmod;
|
|
|
|
/* Get tuple body (note this could involve detoasting) */
|
|
td = DatumGetHeapTupleHeader(value);
|
|
|
|
/* Build a temporary HeapTuple control structure */
|
|
tmptup->t_len = HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(td);
|
|
ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup->t_self));
|
|
tmptup->t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
|
|
tmptup->t_data = td;
|
|
|
|
/* Extract rowtype info and find a tupdesc */
|
|
tupType = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(td);
|
|
tupTypmod = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(td);
|
|
return lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(tupType, tupTypmod);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_move_row_from_datum Move a composite Datum into a record or row
|
|
*
|
|
* This is equivalent to deconstruct_composite_datum() followed by
|
|
* exec_move_row(), but we can optimize things if the Datum is an
|
|
* expanded-record reference.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: it's caller's responsibility to be sure value is of composite type.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_move_row_from_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_variable *target,
|
|
Datum value)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check to see if source is an expanded record */
|
|
if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(value)))
|
|
{
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh = (ExpandedRecordHeader *) DatumGetEOHP(value);
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Assert(erh->er_magic == ER_MAGIC);
|
|
|
|
/* These cases apply if the target is record not row... */
|
|
if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's the same record already stored in the variable, do
|
|
* nothing. This would happen only in silly cases like "r := r",
|
|
* but we need some check to avoid possibly freeing the variable's
|
|
* live value below. Note that this applies even if what we have
|
|
* is a R/O pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (erh == rec->erh)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make sure rec->rectypeid is up-to-date before using it.
|
|
*/
|
|
revalidate_rectypeid(rec);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have a R/W pointer, we're allowed to just commandeer
|
|
* ownership of the expanded record. If it's of the right type to
|
|
* put into the record variable, do that. (Note we don't accept
|
|
* an expanded record of a composite-domain type as a RECORD
|
|
* value. We'll treat it as the base composite type instead;
|
|
* compare logic in make_expanded_record_for_rec.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(value)) &&
|
|
(rec->rectypeid == erh->er_decltypeid ||
|
|
(rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID &&
|
|
!ExpandedRecordIsDomain(erh))))
|
|
{
|
|
assign_record_var(estate, rec, erh);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we already have an expanded record object in the target
|
|
* variable, and the source record contains a valid tuple
|
|
* representation with the right rowtype, then we can skip making
|
|
* a new expanded record and just assign the tuple with
|
|
* expanded_record_set_tuple. (We can't do the equivalent if we
|
|
* have to do field-by-field assignment, since that wouldn't be
|
|
* atomic if there's an error.) We consider that there's a
|
|
* rowtype match only if it's the same named composite type or
|
|
* same registered rowtype; checking for matches of anonymous
|
|
* rowtypes would be more expensive than this is worth.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->erh &&
|
|
(erh->flags & ER_FLAG_FVALUE_VALID) &&
|
|
erh->er_typeid == rec->erh->er_typeid &&
|
|
(erh->er_typeid != RECORDOID ||
|
|
(erh->er_typmod == rec->erh->er_typmod &&
|
|
erh->er_typmod >= 0)))
|
|
{
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(rec->erh, erh->fvalue,
|
|
true, !estate->atomic);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise we're gonna need a new expanded record object. Make
|
|
* it here in hopes of piggybacking on the source object's
|
|
* previous typcache lookup.
|
|
*/
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_for_rec(estate, rec, NULL, erh);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the expanded record contains a valid tuple representation,
|
|
* and we don't need rowtype conversion, then just copying the
|
|
* tuple is probably faster than field-by-field processing. (This
|
|
* isn't duplicative of the previous check, since here we will
|
|
* catch the case where the record variable was previously empty.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((erh->flags & ER_FLAG_FVALUE_VALID) &&
|
|
(rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID ||
|
|
rec->rectypeid == erh->er_typeid))
|
|
{
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, erh->fvalue,
|
|
true, !estate->atomic);
|
|
assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to special-case empty source record, else code below would
|
|
* leak newerh.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(erh))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Set newerh to a row of NULLs */
|
|
deconstruct_expanded_record(newerh);
|
|
assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
} /* end of record-target-only cases */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the source expanded record is empty, we should treat that like a
|
|
* NULL tuple value. (We're unlikely to see such a case, but we must
|
|
* check this; deconstruct_expanded_record would cause a change of
|
|
* logical state, which is not OK.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(erh))
|
|
{
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL,
|
|
expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise, ensure that the source record is deconstructed, and
|
|
* assign from its field values.
|
|
*/
|
|
deconstruct_expanded_record(erh);
|
|
exec_move_row_from_fields(estate, target, newerh,
|
|
erh->dvalues, erh->dnulls,
|
|
expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Nope, we've got a plain composite Datum. Deconstruct it; but we
|
|
* don't use deconstruct_composite_datum(), because we may be able to
|
|
* skip calling lookup_rowtype_tupdesc().
|
|
*/
|
|
HeapTupleHeader td;
|
|
HeapTupleData tmptup;
|
|
Oid tupType;
|
|
int32 tupTypmod;
|
|
TupleDesc tupdesc;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure that any detoasted data winds up in the eval_mcontext */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
/* Get tuple body (note this could involve detoasting) */
|
|
td = DatumGetHeapTupleHeader(value);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* Build a temporary HeapTuple control structure */
|
|
tmptup.t_len = HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(td);
|
|
ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup.t_self));
|
|
tmptup.t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
|
|
tmptup.t_data = td;
|
|
|
|
/* Extract rowtype info */
|
|
tupType = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(td);
|
|
tupTypmod = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(td);
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if the target is record not row, maybe we can optimize ... */
|
|
if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we already have an expanded record object in the target
|
|
* variable, and the source datum has a matching rowtype, then we
|
|
* can skip making a new expanded record and just assign the tuple
|
|
* with expanded_record_set_tuple. We consider that there's a
|
|
* rowtype match only if it's the same named composite type or
|
|
* same registered rowtype. (Checking to reject an anonymous
|
|
* rowtype here should be redundant, but let's be safe.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->erh &&
|
|
tupType == rec->erh->er_typeid &&
|
|
(tupType != RECORDOID ||
|
|
(tupTypmod == rec->erh->er_typmod &&
|
|
tupTypmod >= 0)))
|
|
{
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(rec->erh, &tmptup,
|
|
true, !estate->atomic);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the source datum has a rowtype compatible with the target
|
|
* variable, just build a new expanded record and assign the tuple
|
|
* into it. Using make_expanded_record_from_typeid() here saves
|
|
* one typcache lookup compared to the code below.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID || rec->rectypeid == tupType)
|
|
{
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh;
|
|
MemoryContext mcontext = get_eval_mcontext(estate);
|
|
|
|
newerh = make_expanded_record_from_typeid(tupType, tupTypmod,
|
|
mcontext);
|
|
expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, &tmptup,
|
|
true, !estate->atomic);
|
|
assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Otherwise, we're going to need conversion, so fall through to
|
|
* do it the hard way.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ROW target, or unoptimizable RECORD target, so we have to expend a
|
|
* lookup to obtain the source datum's tupdesc.
|
|
*/
|
|
tupdesc = lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(tupType, tupTypmod);
|
|
|
|
/* Do the move */
|
|
exec_move_row(estate, target, &tmptup, tupdesc);
|
|
|
|
/* Release tupdesc usage count */
|
|
ReleaseTupleDesc(tupdesc);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have not created an expanded record to hold the record variable's
|
|
* value, do so. The expanded record will be "empty", so this does not
|
|
* change the logical state of the record variable: it's still NULL.
|
|
* However, now we'll have a tupdesc with which we can e.g. look up fields.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
instantiate_empty_record_variable(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_rec *rec)
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(rec->erh == NULL); /* else caller error */
|
|
|
|
/* If declared type is RECORD, we can't instantiate */
|
|
if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
|
|
errmsg("record \"%s\" is not assigned yet", rec->refname),
|
|
errdetail("The tuple structure of a not-yet-assigned record is indeterminate.")));
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure rec->rectypeid is up-to-date before using it */
|
|
revalidate_rectypeid(rec);
|
|
|
|
/* OK, do it */
|
|
rec->erh = make_expanded_record_from_typeid(rec->rectypeid, -1,
|
|
estate->datum_context);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* convert_value_to_string Convert a non-null Datum to C string
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: the result is in the estate's eval_mcontext, and will be cleared
|
|
* by the next exec_eval_cleanup() call. The invoked output function might
|
|
* leave additional cruft there as well, so just pfree'ing the result string
|
|
* would not be enough to avoid memory leaks if we did not do it like this.
|
|
* In most usages the Datum being passed in is also in that context (if
|
|
* pass-by-reference) and so an exec_eval_cleanup() call is needed anyway.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: not caching the conversion function lookup is bad for performance.
|
|
* However, this function isn't currently used in any places where an extra
|
|
* catalog lookup or two seems like a big deal.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
convert_value_to_string(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, Datum value, Oid valtype)
|
|
{
|
|
char *result;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
Oid typoutput;
|
|
bool typIsVarlena;
|
|
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
getTypeOutputInfo(valtype, &typoutput, &typIsVarlena);
|
|
result = OidOutputFunctionCall(typoutput, value);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_cast_value Cast a value if required
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that *isnull is an input and also an output parameter. While it's
|
|
* unlikely that a cast operation would produce null from non-null or vice
|
|
* versa, that could happen in principle.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: the estate's eval_mcontext is used for temporary storage, and may
|
|
* also contain the result Datum if we have to do a conversion to a pass-
|
|
* by-reference data type. Be sure to do an exec_eval_cleanup() call when
|
|
* done with the result.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static Datum
|
|
exec_cast_value(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
Datum value, bool *isnull,
|
|
Oid valtype, int32 valtypmod,
|
|
Oid reqtype, int32 reqtypmod)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the type of the given value isn't what's requested, convert it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (valtype != reqtype ||
|
|
(valtypmod != reqtypmod && reqtypmod != -1))
|
|
{
|
|
plpgsql_CastHashEntry *cast_entry;
|
|
|
|
cast_entry = get_cast_hashentry(estate,
|
|
valtype, valtypmod,
|
|
reqtype, reqtypmod);
|
|
if (cast_entry)
|
|
{
|
|
ExprContext *econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
|
|
econtext->caseValue_datum = value;
|
|
econtext->caseValue_isNull = *isnull;
|
|
|
|
cast_entry->cast_in_use = true;
|
|
|
|
value = ExecEvalExpr(cast_entry->cast_exprstate, econtext,
|
|
isnull);
|
|
|
|
cast_entry->cast_in_use = false;
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* get_cast_hashentry Look up how to perform a type cast
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns a plpgsql_CastHashEntry if an expression has to be evaluated,
|
|
* or NULL if the cast is a mere no-op relabeling. If there's work to be
|
|
* done, the cast_exprstate field contains an expression evaluation tree
|
|
* based on a CaseTestExpr input, and the cast_in_use field should be set
|
|
* true while executing it.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static plpgsql_CastHashEntry *
|
|
get_cast_hashentry(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
Oid srctype, int32 srctypmod,
|
|
Oid dsttype, int32 dsttypmod)
|
|
{
|
|
plpgsql_CastHashKey cast_key;
|
|
plpgsql_CastHashEntry *cast_entry;
|
|
bool found;
|
|
LocalTransactionId curlxid;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/* Look for existing entry */
|
|
cast_key.srctype = srctype;
|
|
cast_key.dsttype = dsttype;
|
|
cast_key.srctypmod = srctypmod;
|
|
cast_key.dsttypmod = dsttypmod;
|
|
cast_entry = (plpgsql_CastHashEntry *) hash_search(estate->cast_hash,
|
|
(void *) &cast_key,
|
|
HASH_ENTER, &found);
|
|
if (!found) /* initialize if new entry */
|
|
cast_entry->cast_cexpr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (cast_entry->cast_cexpr == NULL ||
|
|
!cast_entry->cast_cexpr->is_valid)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We've not looked up this coercion before, or we have but the cached
|
|
* expression has been invalidated.
|
|
*/
|
|
Node *cast_expr;
|
|
CachedExpression *cast_cexpr;
|
|
CaseTestExpr *placeholder;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Drop old cached expression if there is one.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cast_entry->cast_cexpr)
|
|
{
|
|
FreeCachedExpression(cast_entry->cast_cexpr);
|
|
cast_entry->cast_cexpr = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Since we could easily fail (no such coercion), construct a
|
|
* temporary coercion expression tree in the short-lived
|
|
* eval_mcontext, then if successful save it as a CachedExpression.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We use a CaseTestExpr as the base of the coercion tree, since it's
|
|
* very cheap to insert the source value for that.
|
|
*/
|
|
placeholder = makeNode(CaseTestExpr);
|
|
placeholder->typeId = srctype;
|
|
placeholder->typeMod = srctypmod;
|
|
placeholder->collation = get_typcollation(srctype);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Apply coercion. We use ASSIGNMENT coercion because that's the
|
|
* closest match to plpgsql's historical behavior; in particular,
|
|
* EXPLICIT coercion would allow silent truncation to a destination
|
|
* varchar/bpchar's length, which we do not want.
|
|
*
|
|
* If source type is UNKNOWN, coerce_to_target_type will fail (it only
|
|
* expects to see that for Const input nodes), so don't call it; we'll
|
|
* apply CoerceViaIO instead. Likewise, it doesn't currently work for
|
|
* coercing RECORD to some other type, so skip for that too.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (srctype == UNKNOWNOID || srctype == RECORDOID)
|
|
cast_expr = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
cast_expr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL,
|
|
(Node *) placeholder, srctype,
|
|
dsttype, dsttypmod,
|
|
COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
|
|
COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
|
|
-1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there's no cast path according to the parser, fall back to using
|
|
* an I/O coercion; this is semantically dubious but matches plpgsql's
|
|
* historical behavior. We would need something of the sort for
|
|
* UNKNOWN literals in any case.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cast_expr == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
CoerceViaIO *iocoerce = makeNode(CoerceViaIO);
|
|
|
|
iocoerce->arg = (Expr *) placeholder;
|
|
iocoerce->resulttype = dsttype;
|
|
iocoerce->resultcollid = InvalidOid;
|
|
iocoerce->coerceformat = COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST;
|
|
iocoerce->location = -1;
|
|
cast_expr = (Node *) iocoerce;
|
|
if (dsttypmod != -1)
|
|
cast_expr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL,
|
|
cast_expr, dsttype,
|
|
dsttype, dsttypmod,
|
|
COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
|
|
COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
|
|
-1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Note: we don't bother labeling the expression tree with collation */
|
|
|
|
/* Plan the expression and build a CachedExpression */
|
|
cast_cexpr = GetCachedExpression(cast_expr);
|
|
cast_expr = cast_cexpr->expr;
|
|
|
|
/* Detect whether we have a no-op (RelabelType) coercion */
|
|
if (IsA(cast_expr, RelabelType) &&
|
|
((RelabelType *) cast_expr)->arg == (Expr *) placeholder)
|
|
cast_expr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Now we can fill in the hashtable entry. */
|
|
cast_entry->cast_cexpr = cast_cexpr;
|
|
cast_entry->cast_expr = (Expr *) cast_expr;
|
|
cast_entry->cast_exprstate = NULL;
|
|
cast_entry->cast_in_use = false;
|
|
cast_entry->cast_lxid = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Done if we have determined that this is a no-op cast. */
|
|
if (cast_entry->cast_expr == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prepare the expression for execution, if it's not been done already in
|
|
* the current transaction; also, if it's marked busy in the current
|
|
* transaction, abandon that expression tree and build a new one, so as to
|
|
* avoid potential problems with recursive cast expressions and failed
|
|
* executions. (We will leak some memory intra-transaction if that
|
|
* happens a lot, but we don't expect it to.) It's okay to update the
|
|
* hash table with the new tree because all plpgsql functions within a
|
|
* given transaction share the same simple_eval_estate. (Well, regular
|
|
* functions do; DO blocks have private simple_eval_estates, and private
|
|
* cast hash tables to go with them.)
|
|
*/
|
|
curlxid = MyProc->lxid;
|
|
if (cast_entry->cast_lxid != curlxid || cast_entry->cast_in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->simple_eval_estate->es_query_cxt);
|
|
cast_entry->cast_exprstate = ExecInitExpr(cast_entry->cast_expr, NULL);
|
|
cast_entry->cast_in_use = false;
|
|
cast_entry->cast_lxid = curlxid;
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return cast_entry;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_simple_check_plan - Check if a plan is simple enough to
|
|
* be evaluated by ExecEvalExpr() instead
|
|
* of SPI.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_expr *expr)
|
|
{
|
|
List *plansources;
|
|
CachedPlanSource *plansource;
|
|
Query *query;
|
|
CachedPlan *cplan;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize to "not simple".
|
|
*/
|
|
expr->expr_simple_expr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check the analyzed-and-rewritten form of the query to see if we will be
|
|
* able to treat it as a simple expression. Since this function is only
|
|
* called immediately after creating the CachedPlanSource, we need not
|
|
* worry about the query being stale.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We can only test queries that resulted in exactly one CachedPlanSource
|
|
*/
|
|
plansources = SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(expr->plan);
|
|
if (list_length(plansources) != 1)
|
|
return;
|
|
plansource = (CachedPlanSource *) linitial(plansources);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 1. There must be one single querytree.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (list_length(plansource->query_list) != 1)
|
|
return;
|
|
query = (Query *) linitial(plansource->query_list);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 2. It must be a plain SELECT query without any input tables
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!IsA(query, Query))
|
|
return;
|
|
if (query->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (query->rtable != NIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 3. Can't have any subplans, aggregates, qual clauses either. (These
|
|
* tests should generally match what inline_function() checks before
|
|
* inlining a SQL function; otherwise, inlining could change our
|
|
* conclusion about whether an expression is simple, which we don't want.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (query->hasAggs ||
|
|
query->hasWindowFuncs ||
|
|
query->hasTargetSRFs ||
|
|
query->hasSubLinks ||
|
|
query->cteList ||
|
|
query->jointree->fromlist ||
|
|
query->jointree->quals ||
|
|
query->groupClause ||
|
|
query->groupingSets ||
|
|
query->havingQual ||
|
|
query->windowClause ||
|
|
query->distinctClause ||
|
|
query->sortClause ||
|
|
query->limitOffset ||
|
|
query->limitCount ||
|
|
query->setOperations)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 4. The query must have a single attribute as result
|
|
*/
|
|
if (list_length(query->targetList) != 1)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* OK, we can treat it as a simple plan.
|
|
*
|
|
* Get the generic plan for the query. If replanning is needed, do that
|
|
* work in the eval_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
cplan = SPI_plan_get_cached_plan(expr->plan);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* Can't fail, because we checked for a single CachedPlanSource above */
|
|
Assert(cplan != NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* Share the remaining work with replan code path */
|
|
exec_save_simple_expr(expr, cplan);
|
|
|
|
/* Release our plan refcount */
|
|
ReleaseCachedPlan(cplan, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_save_simple_expr --- extract simple expression from CachedPlan
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_save_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_expr *expr, CachedPlan *cplan)
|
|
{
|
|
PlannedStmt *stmt;
|
|
Plan *plan;
|
|
Expr *tle_expr;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Given the checks that exec_simple_check_plan did, none of the Asserts
|
|
* here should ever fail.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Extract the single PlannedStmt */
|
|
Assert(list_length(cplan->stmt_list) == 1);
|
|
stmt = linitial_node(PlannedStmt, cplan->stmt_list);
|
|
Assert(stmt->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ordinarily, the plan node should be a simple Result. However, if
|
|
* force_parallel_mode is on, the planner might've stuck a Gather node
|
|
* atop that. The simplest way to deal with this is to look through the
|
|
* Gather node. The Gather node's tlist would normally contain a Var
|
|
* referencing the child node's output, but it could also be a Param, or
|
|
* it could be a Const that setrefs.c copied as-is.
|
|
*/
|
|
plan = stmt->planTree;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Extract the single tlist expression */
|
|
Assert(list_length(plan->targetlist) == 1);
|
|
tle_expr = castNode(TargetEntry, linitial(plan->targetlist))->expr;
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(plan, Result))
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(plan->lefttree == NULL &&
|
|
plan->righttree == NULL &&
|
|
plan->initPlan == NULL &&
|
|
plan->qual == NULL &&
|
|
((Result *) plan)->resconstantqual == NULL);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(plan, Gather))
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(plan->lefttree != NULL &&
|
|
plan->righttree == NULL &&
|
|
plan->initPlan == NULL &&
|
|
plan->qual == NULL);
|
|
/* If setrefs.c copied up a Const, no need to look further */
|
|
if (IsA(tle_expr, Const))
|
|
break;
|
|
/* Otherwise, it had better be a Param or an outer Var */
|
|
Assert(IsA(tle_expr, Param) ||(IsA(tle_expr, Var) &&
|
|
((Var *) tle_expr)->varno == OUTER_VAR));
|
|
/* Descend to the child node */
|
|
plan = plan->lefttree;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
elog(ERROR, "unexpected plan node type: %d",
|
|
(int) nodeTag(plan));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save the simple expression, and initialize state to "not valid in
|
|
* current transaction".
|
|
*/
|
|
expr->expr_simple_expr = tle_expr;
|
|
expr->expr_simple_generation = cplan->generation;
|
|
expr->expr_simple_state = NULL;
|
|
expr->expr_simple_in_use = false;
|
|
expr->expr_simple_lxid = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
|
|
/* Also stash away the expression result type */
|
|
expr->expr_simple_type = exprType((Node *) tle_expr);
|
|
expr->expr_simple_typmod = exprTypmod((Node *) tle_expr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_check_rw_parameter --- can we pass expanded object as read/write param?
|
|
*
|
|
* If we have an assignment like "x := array_append(x, foo)" in which the
|
|
* top-level function is trusted not to corrupt its argument in case of an
|
|
* error, then when x has an expanded object as value, it is safe to pass the
|
|
* value as a read/write pointer and let the function modify the value
|
|
* in-place.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function checks for a safe expression, and sets expr->rwparam to the
|
|
* dno of the target variable (x) if safe, or -1 if not safe.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_check_rw_parameter(PLpgSQL_expr *expr, int target_dno)
|
|
{
|
|
Oid funcid;
|
|
List *fargs;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
/* Assume unsafe */
|
|
expr->rwparam = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the expression isn't simple, there's no point in trying to optimize
|
|
* (because the exec_run_select code path will flatten any expanded result
|
|
* anyway). Even without that, this seems like a good safety restriction.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (expr->expr_simple_expr == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If target variable isn't referenced by expression, no need to look
|
|
* further.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!bms_is_member(target_dno, expr->paramnos))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Top level of expression must be a simple FuncExpr or OpExpr.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsA(expr->expr_simple_expr, FuncExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
FuncExpr *fexpr = (FuncExpr *) expr->expr_simple_expr;
|
|
|
|
funcid = fexpr->funcid;
|
|
fargs = fexpr->args;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IsA(expr->expr_simple_expr, OpExpr))
|
|
{
|
|
OpExpr *opexpr = (OpExpr *) expr->expr_simple_expr;
|
|
|
|
funcid = opexpr->opfuncid;
|
|
fargs = opexpr->args;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The top-level function must be one that we trust to be "safe".
|
|
* Currently we hard-wire the list, but it would be very desirable to
|
|
* allow extensions to mark their functions as safe ...
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(funcid == F_ARRAY_APPEND ||
|
|
funcid == F_ARRAY_PREPEND))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The target variable (in the form of a Param) must only appear as a
|
|
* direct argument of the top-level function.
|
|
*/
|
|
foreach(lc, fargs)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *arg = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
|
|
/* A Param is OK, whether it's the target variable or not */
|
|
if (arg && IsA(arg, Param))
|
|
continue;
|
|
/* Otherwise, argument expression must not reference target */
|
|
if (contains_target_param(arg, &target_dno))
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* OK, we can pass target as a read-write parameter */
|
|
expr->rwparam = target_dno;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recursively check for a Param referencing the target variable
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
contains_target_param(Node *node, int *target_dno)
|
|
{
|
|
if (node == NULL)
|
|
return false;
|
|
if (IsA(node, Param))
|
|
{
|
|
Param *param = (Param *) node;
|
|
|
|
if (param->paramkind == PARAM_EXTERN &&
|
|
param->paramid == *target_dno + 1)
|
|
return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return expression_tree_walker(node, contains_target_param,
|
|
(void *) target_dno);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* exec_set_found Set the global found variable to true/false
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exec_set_found(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, bool state)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *var;
|
|
|
|
var = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[estate->found_varno]);
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var, BoolGetDatum(state), false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_create_econtext --- create an eval_econtext for the current function
|
|
*
|
|
* We may need to create a new shared_simple_eval_estate too, if there's not
|
|
* one already for the current transaction. The EState will be cleaned up at
|
|
* transaction end.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_create_econtext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)
|
|
{
|
|
SimpleEcontextStackEntry *entry;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create an EState for evaluation of simple expressions, if there's not
|
|
* one already in the current transaction. The EState is made a child of
|
|
* TopTransactionContext so it will have the right lifespan.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this path is never taken when executing a DO block; the
|
|
* required EState was already made by plpgsql_inline_handler.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (estate->simple_eval_estate == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
if (shared_simple_eval_estate == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
|
|
shared_simple_eval_estate = CreateExecutorState();
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
estate->simple_eval_estate = shared_simple_eval_estate;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a child econtext for the current function.
|
|
*/
|
|
estate->eval_econtext = CreateExprContext(estate->simple_eval_estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make a stack entry so we can clean up the econtext at subxact end.
|
|
* Stack entries are kept in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
|
|
*/
|
|
entry = (SimpleEcontextStackEntry *)
|
|
MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
|
|
sizeof(SimpleEcontextStackEntry));
|
|
|
|
entry->stack_econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
|
|
entry->xact_subxid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId();
|
|
|
|
entry->next = simple_econtext_stack;
|
|
simple_econtext_stack = entry;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_destroy_econtext --- destroy function's econtext
|
|
*
|
|
* We check that it matches the top stack entry, and destroy the stack
|
|
* entry along with the context.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
plpgsql_destroy_econtext(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)
|
|
{
|
|
SimpleEcontextStackEntry *next;
|
|
|
|
Assert(simple_econtext_stack != NULL);
|
|
Assert(simple_econtext_stack->stack_econtext == estate->eval_econtext);
|
|
|
|
next = simple_econtext_stack->next;
|
|
pfree(simple_econtext_stack);
|
|
simple_econtext_stack = next;
|
|
|
|
FreeExprContext(estate->eval_econtext, true);
|
|
estate->eval_econtext = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_xact_cb --- post-transaction-commit-or-abort cleanup
|
|
*
|
|
* If a simple-expression EState was created in the current transaction,
|
|
* it has to be cleaned up.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
plpgsql_xact_cb(XactEvent event, void *arg)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are doing a clean transaction shutdown, free the EState (so that
|
|
* any remaining resources will be released correctly). In an abort, we
|
|
* expect the regular abort recovery procedures to release everything of
|
|
* interest.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (event == XACT_EVENT_COMMIT || event == XACT_EVENT_PREPARE)
|
|
{
|
|
simple_econtext_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (shared_simple_eval_estate)
|
|
FreeExecutorState(shared_simple_eval_estate);
|
|
shared_simple_eval_estate = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (event == XACT_EVENT_ABORT)
|
|
{
|
|
simple_econtext_stack = NULL;
|
|
shared_simple_eval_estate = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* plpgsql_subxact_cb --- post-subtransaction-commit-or-abort cleanup
|
|
*
|
|
* Make sure any simple-expression econtexts created in the current
|
|
* subtransaction get cleaned up. We have to do this explicitly because
|
|
* no other code knows which econtexts belong to which level of subxact.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
plpgsql_subxact_cb(SubXactEvent event, SubTransactionId mySubid,
|
|
SubTransactionId parentSubid, void *arg)
|
|
{
|
|
if (event == SUBXACT_EVENT_COMMIT_SUB || event == SUBXACT_EVENT_ABORT_SUB)
|
|
{
|
|
while (simple_econtext_stack != NULL &&
|
|
simple_econtext_stack->xact_subxid == mySubid)
|
|
{
|
|
SimpleEcontextStackEntry *next;
|
|
|
|
FreeExprContext(simple_econtext_stack->stack_econtext,
|
|
(event == SUBXACT_EVENT_COMMIT_SUB));
|
|
next = simple_econtext_stack->next;
|
|
pfree(simple_econtext_stack);
|
|
simple_econtext_stack = next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* assign_simple_var --- assign a new value to any VAR datum.
|
|
*
|
|
* This should be the only mechanism for assignment to simple variables,
|
|
* lest we do the release of the old value incorrectly (not to mention
|
|
* the detoasting business).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_simple_var(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_var *var,
|
|
Datum newvalue, bool isnull, bool freeable)
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR ||
|
|
var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In non-atomic contexts, we do not want to store TOAST pointers in
|
|
* variables, because such pointers might become stale after a commit.
|
|
* Forcibly detoast in such cases. We don't want to detoast (flatten)
|
|
* expanded objects, however; those should be OK across a transaction
|
|
* boundary since they're just memory-resident objects. (Elsewhere in
|
|
* this module, operations on expanded records likewise need to request
|
|
* detoasting of record fields when !estate->atomic. Expanded arrays are
|
|
* not a problem since all array entries are always detoasted.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!estate->atomic && !isnull && var->datatype->typlen == -1 &&
|
|
VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_NON_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(newvalue)))
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryContext oldcxt;
|
|
Datum detoasted;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do the detoasting in the eval_mcontext to avoid long-term leakage
|
|
* of whatever memory toast fetching might leak. Then we have to copy
|
|
* the detoasted datum to the function's main context, which is a
|
|
* pain, but there's little choice.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
detoasted = PointerGetDatum(detoast_external_attr((struct varlena *) DatumGetPointer(newvalue)));
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
|
|
/* Now's a good time to not leak the input value if it's freeable */
|
|
if (freeable)
|
|
pfree(DatumGetPointer(newvalue));
|
|
/* Once we copy the value, it's definitely freeable */
|
|
newvalue = datumCopy(detoasted, false, -1);
|
|
freeable = true;
|
|
/* Can't clean up eval_mcontext here, but it'll happen before long */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Free the old value if needed */
|
|
if (var->freeval)
|
|
{
|
|
if (DatumIsReadWriteExpandedObject(var->value,
|
|
var->isnull,
|
|
var->datatype->typlen))
|
|
DeleteExpandedObject(var->value);
|
|
else
|
|
pfree(DatumGetPointer(var->value));
|
|
}
|
|
/* Assign new value to datum */
|
|
var->value = newvalue;
|
|
var->isnull = isnull;
|
|
var->freeval = freeable;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's a promise variable, then either we just assigned the promised
|
|
* value, or the user explicitly assigned an overriding value. Either
|
|
* way, cancel the promise.
|
|
*/
|
|
var->promise = PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* free old value of a text variable and assign new value from C string
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_text_var(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_var *var, const char *str)
|
|
{
|
|
assign_simple_var(estate, var, CStringGetTextDatum(str), false, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* assign_record_var --- assign a new value to any REC datum.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
assign_record_var(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, PLpgSQL_rec *rec,
|
|
ExpandedRecordHeader *erh)
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(rec->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC);
|
|
|
|
/* Transfer new record object into datum_context */
|
|
TransferExpandedRecord(erh, estate->datum_context);
|
|
|
|
/* Free the old value ... */
|
|
if (rec->erh)
|
|
DeleteExpandedObject(ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh));
|
|
|
|
/* ... and install the new */
|
|
rec->erh = erh;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exec_eval_using_params --- evaluate params of USING clause
|
|
*
|
|
* The result data structure is created in the stmt_mcontext, and should
|
|
* be freed by resetting that context.
|
|
*/
|
|
static PreparedParamsData *
|
|
exec_eval_using_params(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, List *params)
|
|
{
|
|
PreparedParamsData *ppd;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
int nargs;
|
|
int i;
|
|
ListCell *lc;
|
|
|
|
ppd = (PreparedParamsData *)
|
|
MemoryContextAlloc(stmt_mcontext, sizeof(PreparedParamsData));
|
|
nargs = list_length(params);
|
|
|
|
ppd->nargs = nargs;
|
|
ppd->types = (Oid *)
|
|
MemoryContextAlloc(stmt_mcontext, nargs * sizeof(Oid));
|
|
ppd->values = (Datum *)
|
|
MemoryContextAlloc(stmt_mcontext, nargs * sizeof(Datum));
|
|
ppd->nulls = (char *)
|
|
MemoryContextAlloc(stmt_mcontext, nargs * sizeof(char));
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
foreach(lc, params)
|
|
{
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *param = (PLpgSQL_expr *) lfirst(lc);
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
int32 ppdtypmod;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
ppd->values[i] = exec_eval_expr(estate, param,
|
|
&isnull,
|
|
&ppd->types[i],
|
|
&ppdtypmod);
|
|
ppd->nulls[i] = isnull ? 'n' : ' ';
|
|
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
if (ppd->types[i] == UNKNOWNOID)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Treat 'unknown' parameters as text, since that's what most
|
|
* people would expect. SPI_execute_with_args can coerce unknown
|
|
* constants in a more intelligent way, but not unknown Params.
|
|
* This code also takes care of copying into the right context.
|
|
* Note we assume 'unknown' has the representation of C-string.
|
|
*/
|
|
ppd->types[i] = TEXTOID;
|
|
if (!isnull)
|
|
ppd->values[i] = CStringGetTextDatum(DatumGetCString(ppd->values[i]));
|
|
}
|
|
/* pass-by-ref non null values must be copied into stmt_mcontext */
|
|
else if (!isnull)
|
|
{
|
|
int16 typLen;
|
|
bool typByVal;
|
|
|
|
get_typlenbyval(ppd->types[i], &typLen, &typByVal);
|
|
if (!typByVal)
|
|
ppd->values[i] = datumCopy(ppd->values[i], typByVal, typLen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ppd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open portal for dynamic query
|
|
*
|
|
* Caution: this resets the stmt_mcontext at exit. We might eventually need
|
|
* to move that responsibility to the callers, but currently no caller needs
|
|
* to have statement-lifetime temp data that survives past this, so it's
|
|
* simpler to do it here.
|
|
*/
|
|
static Portal
|
|
exec_dynquery_with_params(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
PLpgSQL_expr *dynquery,
|
|
List *params,
|
|
const char *portalname,
|
|
int cursorOptions)
|
|
{
|
|
Portal portal;
|
|
Datum query;
|
|
bool isnull;
|
|
Oid restype;
|
|
int32 restypmod;
|
|
char *querystr;
|
|
MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Evaluate the string expression after the EXECUTE keyword. Its result is
|
|
* the querystring we have to execute.
|
|
*/
|
|
query = exec_eval_expr(estate, dynquery, &isnull, &restype, &restypmod);
|
|
if (isnull)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
|
|
errmsg("query string argument of EXECUTE is null")));
|
|
|
|
/* Get the C-String representation */
|
|
querystr = convert_value_to_string(estate, query, restype);
|
|
|
|
/* copy it into the stmt_mcontext before we clean up */
|
|
querystr = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, querystr);
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open an implicit cursor for the query. We use
|
|
* SPI_cursor_open_with_args even when there are no params, because this
|
|
* avoids making and freeing one copy of the plan.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (params)
|
|
{
|
|
PreparedParamsData *ppd;
|
|
|
|
ppd = exec_eval_using_params(estate, params);
|
|
portal = SPI_cursor_open_with_args(portalname,
|
|
querystr,
|
|
ppd->nargs, ppd->types,
|
|
ppd->values, ppd->nulls,
|
|
estate->readonly_func,
|
|
cursorOptions);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
portal = SPI_cursor_open_with_args(portalname,
|
|
querystr,
|
|
0, NULL,
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
estate->readonly_func,
|
|
cursorOptions);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (portal == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not open implicit cursor for query \"%s\": %s",
|
|
querystr, SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
|
|
|
|
/* Release transient data */
|
|
MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
|
|
|
|
return portal;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return a formatted string with information about an expression's parameters,
|
|
* or NULL if the expression does not take any parameters.
|
|
* The result is in the eval_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
format_expr_params(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
const PLpgSQL_expr *expr)
|
|
{
|
|
int paramno;
|
|
int dno;
|
|
StringInfoData paramstr;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
if (!expr->paramnos)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
|
|
initStringInfo(¶mstr);
|
|
paramno = 0;
|
|
dno = -1;
|
|
while ((dno = bms_next_member(expr->paramnos, dno)) >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Datum paramdatum;
|
|
Oid paramtypeid;
|
|
bool paramisnull;
|
|
int32 paramtypmod;
|
|
PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
|
|
|
|
curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
|
|
|
|
exec_eval_datum(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) curvar,
|
|
¶mtypeid, ¶mtypmod,
|
|
¶mdatum, ¶misnull);
|
|
|
|
appendStringInfo(¶mstr, "%s%s = ",
|
|
paramno > 0 ? ", " : "",
|
|
curvar->refname);
|
|
|
|
if (paramisnull)
|
|
appendStringInfoString(¶mstr, "NULL");
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
char *value = convert_value_to_string(estate, paramdatum, paramtypeid);
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, '\'');
|
|
for (p = value; *p; p++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == '\'') /* double single quotes */
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, *p);
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, *p);
|
|
}
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, '\'');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
paramno++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
return paramstr.data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return a formatted string with information about PreparedParamsData, or NULL
|
|
* if there are no parameters.
|
|
* The result is in the eval_mcontext.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
format_preparedparamsdata(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
|
|
const PreparedParamsData *ppd)
|
|
{
|
|
int paramno;
|
|
StringInfoData paramstr;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
if (!ppd)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
|
|
|
|
initStringInfo(¶mstr);
|
|
for (paramno = 0; paramno < ppd->nargs; paramno++)
|
|
{
|
|
appendStringInfo(¶mstr, "%s$%d = ",
|
|
paramno > 0 ? ", " : "",
|
|
paramno + 1);
|
|
|
|
if (ppd->nulls[paramno] == 'n')
|
|
appendStringInfoString(¶mstr, "NULL");
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
char *value = convert_value_to_string(estate, ppd->values[paramno], ppd->types[paramno]);
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, '\'');
|
|
for (p = value; *p; p++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == '\'') /* double single quotes */
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, *p);
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, *p);
|
|
}
|
|
appendStringInfoCharMacro(¶mstr, '\'');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
return paramstr.data;
|
|
}
|